diff --git a/.hgignore b/.hgignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 61f6ccb..0000000
--- a/.hgignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-syntax: glob
-*.suo
-*_TemporaryKey.pfx
-*.user
-bin/x86
-Debug WP7
-Bin/Release
-Bin/Debug
-Debug
-Release
-*.sdf
-*.opensdf
-ipch
-*.aps
-WP7AppTitleLocalizer
-AppResLib.dll.*.mui
-*.orig
-syntax: regexp
-/bin/Debug$
-/obj/x86$
-/bin/Release$
-/publish$
-/obj/Debug$
-/obj/Release$
diff --git a/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.pap b/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.pap
deleted file mode 100644
index b03bdd3..0000000
--- a/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.pap
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.png b/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 81fbe66..0000000
Binary files a/Documentation/Creation of a valid RIFT login token.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.pap b/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.pap
deleted file mode 100644
index 718a8eb..0000000
--- a/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.pap
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.png b/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1f0eba..0000000
Binary files a/Documentation/Determine device id for Android phones.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.odt b/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.odt
deleted file mode 100644
index 99b36e3..0000000
Binary files a/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.odt and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.pdf b/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c9196..0000000
Binary files a/Documentation/RIFT Authenticator explained.pdf and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/HowToCompile.md b/HowToCompile.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e762860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HowToCompile.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Introduction #
+
+This page shows you how to download and compile the source code.
+
+# Requirements #
+
+ 1. [Mercurial](http://mercurial.selenic.com/downloads/)
+ * It's recommended to use TortoiseHG which is much easier to use
+ 1. Visual Studio 2010 Professional SP1
+ * Using Visual C# 2010 Express might work too, but you won't be able to create an installer
+ * You can download the express edition from [here](http://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/en-us/products/2010-editions/visual-csharp-express)
+ 1. [Windows Installer XML toolset](http://wix.sourceforge.net/)
+ * I used a weekly build: [3.6.2012.0](http://wix.sourceforge.net/releases/3.6.2012.0/)
+
+# Download the source code #
+
+## Cloning the source using Mercurial ##
+
+You can use both the [command line application or TortoiseHG](http://mercurial.selenic.com/downloads/). The URL for cloning the repository can be found on the [project web site](http://code.google.com/p/rift-authenticator-for-windows/source/checkout).
+
+## Downloading from the download page ##
+
+It's also possible to download the source code from the [project download page](http://code.google.com/p/rift-authenticator-for-windows/downloads/list).
+
+# Compiling the project #
+
+ * Open the RiftAuthenticator.sln from the downloaded source code. It should automatically start Visual Studio 2010.
+ * Change the build configuration to "Debug"
+ * Open the context-menu of the "RiftAuthenticator.WPF" project
+ * Set the "RiftAuthenticator.WPF" as start project
+ * Open the "Build" menu
+ * Click the "Build Solution" menu item
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover-de.png b/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover-de.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ae5ddd5..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover-de.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover.png b/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a9ab30..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/create-or-recover.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/login-token-de.png b/Images/MarketPlace/login-token-de.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e748573..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/login-token-de.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/login-token.png b/Images/MarketPlace/login-token.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7469052..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/login-token.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths-de.png b/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths-de.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 689c801..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths-de.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths.png b/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a19bbe5..0000000
Binary files a/Images/MarketPlace/multiple-auths.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/RiftLogo.ico b/Images/RiftLogo.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 189d204..0000000
Binary files a/Images/RiftLogo.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/RiftLogo.png b/Images/RiftLogo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d6f94a..0000000
Binary files a/Images/RiftLogo.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Images/SplashScreenImage.pdn b/Images/SplashScreenImage.pdn
deleted file mode 100644
index a04ae8e..0000000
Binary files a/Images/SplashScreenImage.pdn and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/EULA.rtf b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/EULA.rtf
deleted file mode 100644
index a907d5d..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/EULA.rtf and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 573b246..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 528bd75..0000000
--- a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7637 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that provides a text box for user input and a
- drop-down that contains possible matches based on the input in the text
- box.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The IUpdateVisualState interface is used to provide the
- InteractionHelper with access to the type's UpdateVisualState method.
-
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the selection adapter TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the Selector TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the Popup TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the text box part.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the text box style.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the adapter's item container style.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a local cached copy of the items data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the observable collection that contains references to
- all of the items in the generated view of data that is provided to
- the selection-style control adapter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value to ignore a number of pending change handlers.
- The value is decremented after each use. This is used to reset the
- value of properties without performing any of the actions in their
- change handlers.
-
- The int is important as a value because the TextBox
- TextChanged event does not immediately fire, and this will allow for
- nested property changes to be ignored.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore calling a pending
- change handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the selection
- changed event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to skip the text update
- processing when the selected item is updated.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the last observed text box selection start location.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user is in the process
- of inputting text. This is used so that we do not update
- _textSelectionStart while the user is using an IME.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user initiated the
- current populate call.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether the popup has been opened at least once.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DispatcherTimer used for the MinimumPopulateDelay
- condition for auto completion.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether a read-only dependency
- property change handler should allow the value to be set. This is
- used to ensure that read-only properties cannot be changed via
- SetValue, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the BindingEvaluator, a framework element that can
- provide updated string values from a single binding.
-
-
-
-
- A weak event listener for the collection changed event.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MinimumPrefixLengthProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its MinimumPrefixLength.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MinimumPopulateDelayProperty property changed handler. Any current
- dispatcher timer will be stopped. The timer will not be restarted
- until the next TextUpdate call by the user.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its
- MinimumPopulateDelay.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MaxDropDownHeightProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its MaxDropDownHeight.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its IsDropDownOpen.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- ItemsSourceProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its ItemsSource.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- SelectedItemProperty property changed handler. Fires the
- SelectionChanged event. The event data will contain any non-null
- removed items and non-null additions.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its SelectedItem.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the selected item is changed, updates the text value
- that is displayed in the text box part.
-
- The new item.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- TextProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its Text.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- OnSearchTextProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its SearchText.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- FilterModeProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its FilterMode.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- ItemFilterProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its ItemFilter.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- The TextBox template part.
-
-
-
-
- The SelectionAdapter.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Arranges and sizes the
-
- control and its contents.
-
- The size allowed for the
- control.
- The , unchanged.
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the
- control
- when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Allows the popup wrapper to fire visual state change events.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Allows the popup wrapper to fire the FocusChanged event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Begin closing the drop-down.
-
- The original value.
-
-
-
- Begin opening the drop down by firing cancelable events, opening the
- drop-down or reverting, depending on the event argument values.
-
- The original value, if needed for a revert.
-
-
-
- Connects to the DropDownPopup Closed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the FocusChanged event.
-
- A value indicating whether the control
- currently has the focus.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the text box or drop-down portion of the
- control has
- focus.
-
- true to indicate the
- has focus;
- otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Handle the change of the IsEnabled property.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Returns the
- part, if
- possible.
-
-
- A object,
- if possible. Otherwise, null.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the timer tick when using a populate delay.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- which contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Formats an Item for text comparisons based on Converter
- and ConverterCulture properties.
-
- The object to format.
- A value indicating whether to clear
- the data context after the lookup is performed.
- Formatted Value.
-
-
-
- Converts the specified object to a string by using the
- and
- values
- of the binding object specified by the
-
- property.
-
- The object to format as a string.
- The string representation of the specified object.
-
- Override this method to provide a custom string conversion.
-
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Handle the TextChanged event that is directly attached to the
- TextBox part. This ensures that only user initiated actions will
- result in an AutoCompleteBox suggestion and operation.
-
- The source TextBox object.
- The TextChanged event data.
-
-
-
- When selection changes, save the location of the selection start.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles KeyDown to set a flag that indicates that the user is inputting
- text. This is important for IME input.
-
- The source UIElement object.
- The KeyDown event data.
-
-
-
- Handles KeyUp to turn off the flag that indicates that the user is inputting
- text. This is important for IME input.
-
- The source UIElement object.
- The KeyUp event data.
-
-
-
- Updates both the text box value and underlying text dependency
- property value if and when they change. Automatically fires the
- text changed events when there is a change.
-
- The new string value.
-
-
-
- Updates both the text box value and underlying text dependency
- property value if and when they change. Automatically fires the
- text changed events when there is a change.
-
- The new string value.
- A nullable bool value indicating whether
- the action was user initiated. In a user initiated mode, the
- underlying text dependency property is updated. In a non-user
- interaction, the text box value is updated. When user initiated is
- null, all values are updated.
-
-
-
- Handle the update of the text for the control from any source,
- including the TextBox part and the Text dependency property.
-
- The new text.
- A value indicating whether the update
- is a user-initiated action. This should be a True value when the
- TextUpdated method is called from a TextBox event handler.
-
-
-
- Notifies the
- that the
-
- property has been set and the data can be filtered to provide
- possible matches in the drop-down.
-
-
- Call this method when you are providing custom population of
- the drop-down portion of the AutoCompleteBox, to signal the control
- that you are done with the population process.
- Typically, you use PopulateComplete when the population process
- is a long-running process and you want to cancel built-in filtering
- of the ItemsSource items. In this case, you can handle the
- Populated event and set PopulatingEventArgs.Cancel to true.
- When the long-running process has completed you call
- PopulateComplete to indicate the drop-down is populated.
-
-
-
-
- Performs text completion, if enabled, and a lookup on the underlying
- item values for an exact match. Will update the SelectedItem value.
-
- A value indicating whether the operation
- was user initiated. Text completion will not be performed when not
- directly initiated by the user.
-
-
-
- Attempts to look through the view and locate the specific exact
- text match.
-
- The search text.
- The view reference.
- The predicate to use for the partial or
- exact match.
- Returns the object or null.
-
-
-
- A simple helper method to clear the view and ensure that a view
- object is always present and not null.
-
-
-
-
- Walks through the items enumeration. Performance is not going to be
- perfect with the current implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Handle any change to the ItemsSource dependency property, update
- the underlying ObservableCollection view, and set the selection
- adapter's ItemsSource to the view if appropriate.
-
- The old enumerable reference.
- The new enumerable reference.
-
-
-
- Method that handles the ObservableCollection.CollectionChanged event for the ItemsSource property.
-
- The object that raised the event.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the SelectionChanged event of the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The selection changed event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the Commit event on the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the Cancel event on the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles MaxDropDownHeightChanged by re-arranging and updating the
- popup arrangement.
-
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Private method that directly opens the popup, checks the expander
- button, and then fires the Opened event.
-
- The old value.
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Private method that directly closes the popup, flips the Checked
- value, and then fires the Closed event.
-
- The old value.
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Update the current visual state of the button.
-
-
- True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to
- snap directly to the new visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard
- interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum number of characters required to be entered
- in the text box before the
- displays
- possible matches.
- matches.
-
-
- The minimum number of characters to be entered in the text box
- before the
- displays possible matches. The default is 1.
-
-
- If you set MinimumPrefixLength to -1, the AutoCompleteBox will
- not provide possible matches. There is no maximum value, but
- setting MinimumPrefixLength to value that is too large will
- prevent the AutoCompleteBox from providing possible matches as well.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum delay, in milliseconds, after text is typed
- in the text box before the
- control
- populates the list of possible matches in the drop-down.
-
- The minimum delay, in milliseconds, after text is typed in
- the text box, but before the
- populates
- the list of possible matches in the drop-down. The default is 0.
- The set value is less than 0.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the first possible match
- found during the filtering process will be displayed automatically
- in the text box.
-
-
- True if the first possible match found will be displayed
- automatically in the text box; otherwise, false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used
- to display each item in the drop-down portion of the control.
-
- The used to
- display each item in the drop-down. The default is null.
-
- You use the ItemTemplate property to specify the visualization
- of the data objects in the drop-down portion of the AutoCompleteBox
- control. If your AutoCompleteBox is bound to a collection and you
- do not provide specific display instructions by using a
- DataTemplate, the resulting UI of each item is a string
- representation of each object in the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion
- of the
- control.
-
- The applied to the
- selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of the
- control.
- The default is null.
-
- The default selection adapter contained in the drop-down is a
- ListBox control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the applied to
- the text box portion of the
- control.
-
- The applied to the text
- box portion of the
- control.
- The default is null.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum height of the drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
- The maximum height of the drop-down portion of the
- control.
- The default is .
- The specified value is less than 0.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down portion of
- the control is open.
-
-
- True if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate the items for the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
- The collection that is used to generate the items of the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item in the drop-down.
-
- The selected item in the drop-down.
-
- If the IsTextCompletionEnabled property is true and text typed by
- the user matches an item in the ItemsSource collection, which is
- then displayed in the text box, the SelectedItem property will be
- a null reference.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text in the text box portion of the
- control.
-
- The text in the text box portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the text that is used to filter items in the
-
- item collection.
-
- The text that is used to filter items in the
-
- item collection.
-
- The SearchText value is typically the same as the
- Text property, but is set after the TextChanged event occurs
- and before the Populating event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how the text in the text box is used to filter items
- specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- One of the
-
- values The default is
- .
- The specified value is
- not a valid
- .
-
- Use the FilterMode property to specify how possible matches are
- filtered. For example, possible matches can be filtered in a
- predefined or custom way. The search mode is automatically set to
- Custom if you set the ItemFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the custom method that uses user-entered text to filter
- the items specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- The custom method that uses the user-entered text to filter
- the items specified by the
-
- property. The default is null.
-
- The filter mode is automatically set to Custom if you set the
- ItemFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the custom method that uses the user-entered text to
- filter items specified by the
-
- property in a text-based way for display in the drop-down.
-
- The custom method that uses the user-entered text to filter
- items specified by the
-
- property in a text-based way for display in the drop-down.
-
- The search mode is automatically set to Custom if you set the
- TextFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- used by the Text template part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the drop down popup control.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether text completion should be done.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Text template part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selection adapter used to populate the drop-down
- with a list of selectable items.
-
- The selection adapter used to populate the drop-down with a
- list of selectable items.
-
- You can use this property when you create an automation peer to
- use with AutoCompleteBox or deriving from AutoCompleteBox to
- create a custom control.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the text in the text box portion of the
- changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
- is
- populating the drop-down with possible matches based on the
-
- property.
-
-
- If the event is canceled, by setting the PopulatingEventArgs.Cancel
- property to true, the AutoCompleteBox will not automatically
- populate the selection adapter contained in the drop-down.
- In this case, if you want possible matches to appear, you must
- provide the logic for populating the selection adapter.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
- has
- populated the drop-down with possible matches based on the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the value of the
-
- property is changing from false to true.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the value of the
-
- property has changed from false to true and the drop-down is open.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property is changing from true to false.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property was changed from true to false and the drop-down is open.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the selected item in the drop-down portion of the
- has
- changed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that
- is used to get the values for display in the text portion of
- the
- control.
-
- The object used
- when binding to a collection property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property path that is used to get values for
- display in the text portion of the
- control.
-
- The property path that is used to get values for display in
- the text portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- A predefined set of filter functions for the known, built-in
- AutoCompleteFilterMode enumeration values.
-
-
-
-
- Index function that retrieves the filter for the provided
- AutoCompleteFilterMode.
-
- The built-in search mode.
- Returns the string-based comparison function.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value. The current
- culture's case insensitive string comparison operator is used.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Specifies how text in the text box portion of the
- control is used
- to filter items specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Specifies that no filter is used. All items are returned.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the string
- comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the
- string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as
- the search comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the string
- comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the
- string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that a custom filter is used. This mode is used when the
-
- or
-
- properties are set.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the filter used by the
- control to
- determine whether an item is a possible match for the specified text.
-
- true to indicate is a possible match
- for ; otherwise false.
- The string used as the basis for filtering.
- The item that is compared with the
- parameter.
- The type used for filtering the
- . This type can
- be either a string or an object.
- Stable
-
-
-
- Defines an item collection, selection members, and key handling for the
- selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of an
- control.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event that occurs
- when a key is pressed while the drop-down portion of the
- has focus.
-
- A
- that contains data about the
- event.
-
-
-
- Returns an automation peer for the selection adapter, for use by the
- Silverlight automation infrastructure.
-
- An automation peer for the selection adapter, if one is
- available; otherwise, null.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
- The currently selected item.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property value changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate content for the
- selection adapter.
-
- The collection that is used to generate content for the
- selection adapter.
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selected item is not cancelled and is committed as the
- selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selection has been canceled.
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
- event.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- .
-
- The list of possible matches added to the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the list of possible matches added to the drop-down portion of
- the
- control.
-
- The list of possible matches added to the
- .
-
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the
-
- event of a
- control.
-
- The source of the event.
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
- Stable
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
- event.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- .
-
- The value of the
-
- property, which is used to filter items for the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the text that is used to determine which items to display in
- the
- control.
-
- The text that is used to determine which items to display in
- the .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the
-
- event should be canceled.
-
- True to cancel the event, otherwise false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the
-
- event of a
- control.
-
- The source of the event.
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
- Stable
-
-
-
- PopupHelper is a simple wrapper type that helps abstract platform
- differences out of the Popup.
-
-
-
-
- The distance from the control to the child.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether Silverlight has loaded at least once,
- so that the wrapping canvas is not recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PopupHelper class.
-
- The parent control.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PopupHelper class.
-
- The parent control.
- The Popup template part.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the control.
-
- The .
-
-
-
- Makes a from a .
-
-
- The control's margin is counted with the offset to make the .
- This makes the refer to the visible part of the control.
-
- The .
- The margin.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the visible part of the control (minus the margin).
-
-
- The Parent is wrong if the orientation changed, so use the ArrangeOverride if it's available.
-
- The margin.
- The size.
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the margin for the control.
-
- The margin.
-
-
-
- Determines whether is displayed above the control.
-
- The not covered by the SIP.
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the minimum of three numbers and floors it at zero.
-
- The first number.
- The second number.
- The result.
-
-
-
- Computes the of if displayed above the control.
-
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
- The .
-
-
-
- Computes the of if displayed below the control.
-
- The not covered by the SIP.
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
- The .
-
-
-
- The position of if displayed above the control.
-
- The control's margin.
- The position.
-
-
-
- The position of if displayed below the control.
-
- The control's margin.
- The of the control.
- The position.
-
-
-
- Arrange the popup.
- The from .
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Closed event.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Actually closes the popup after the VSM state animation completes.
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Should be called by the parent control before the base
- OnApplyTemplate method is called.
-
-
-
-
- Should be called by the parent control after the base
- OnApplyTemplate method is called.
-
-
-
-
- The size of the popup child has changed.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The mouse has clicked outside of the popup.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Connected to the Popup Closed event and fires the Closed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Connected to several events that indicate that the FocusChanged
- event should bubble up to the parent control.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Fires the UpdateVisualStates event.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has received focus.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has lost focus.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has had the mouse enter its bounds.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The mouse has left the popup child's bounds.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a visual popup state is being used
- in the current template for the Closed state. Setting this value to
- true will delay the actual setting of Popup.IsOpen to false until
- after the visual state's transition for Closed is complete.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expansive area outside of the popup.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the canvas for the popup child.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum drop down height value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Popup control instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the actual Popup is open.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the popup child framework element. Can be used if an
- assumption is made on the child type.
-
-
-
-
- The Closed event is fired after the Popup closes.
-
-
-
-
- Fired when the popup children have a focus event change, allows the
- parent control to update visual states or react to the focus state.
-
-
-
-
- Fired when the popup children intercept an event that may indicate
- the need for a visual state update by the parent control.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of
- an control.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The Selector instance.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class with the specified
-
- control.
-
- The
- control
- to wrap as a
- .
-
-
-
- If the control contains a ScrollViewer, this will reset the viewer
- to be scrolled to the top.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the SelectionChanged event on the Selector control.
-
- The source object.
- The selection changed event data.
-
-
-
- Increments the
-
- property of the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the
-
- property of the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event that occurs
- when a key is pressed while the drop-down portion of the
- has focus.
-
- A
- that contains data about the
- event.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Commit event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Cancel event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Change the selection after the actions are complete.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an automation peer for the underlying
-
- control, for use by the Silverlight automation infrastructure.
-
- An automation peer for use by the Silverlight automation
- infrastructure.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection change event
- should not be fired.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- control.
-
- The underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property value changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is selected and is committed to the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selection is canceled before it is committed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item of the selection adapter.
-
- The selected item of the underlying selection adapter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate the content of
- the selection adapter.
-
- The collection used to generate content for the selection
- adapter.
-
-
-
- A framework element that permits a binding to be evaluated in a new data
- context leaf node.
-
- The type of dynamic binding to return.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string value binding used by the control.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Value dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the BindingEvaluator class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the BindingEvaluator class,
- setting the initial binding to the provided parameter.
-
- The initial string value binding.
-
-
-
- Clears the data context so that the control does not keep a
- reference to the last-looked up item.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the data context of the framework element and returns the
- updated binding value.
-
- The object to use as the data context.
- If set to true, this parameter will
- clear the data context immediately after retrieving the value.
- Returns the evaluated T value of the bound dependency
- property.
-
-
-
- Updates the data context of the framework element and returns the
- updated binding value.
-
- The object to use as the data context.
- Returns the evaluated T value of the bound dependency
- property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data item string value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value binding.
-
-
-
-
- This set of internal extension methods provide general solutions and
- utilities in a small enough number to not warrant a dedicated extension
- methods class.
-
-
-
-
- Inverts a Matrix. The Invert functionality on the Matrix type is
- internal to the framework only. Since Matrix is a struct, an out
- parameter must be presented.
-
- The Matrix object.
- The matrix to return by an output
- parameter.
- Returns a value indicating whether the type was
- successfully inverted. If the determinant is 0.0, then it cannot
- be inverted and the original instance will remain untouched.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the Contains member of string that takes in a
- string comparison. The traditional .NET string Contains member uses
- StringComparison.Ordinal.
-
- The string.
- The string value to search for.
- The string comparison type.
- Returns true when the substring is found.
-
-
-
- The InteractionHelper provides controls with support for all of the
- common interactions like mouse movement, mouse clicks, key presses,
- etc., and also incorporates proper event semantics when the control is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The threshold used to determine whether two clicks are temporally
- local and considered a double click (or triple, quadruple, etc.).
- 500 milliseconds is the default double click value on Windows.
- This value would ideally be pulled form the system settings.
-
-
-
-
- The threshold used to determine whether two clicks are spatially
- local and considered a double click (or triple, quadruple, etc.)
- in pixels squared. We use pixels squared so that we can compare to
- the distance delta without taking a square root.
-
-
-
-
- Reference used to call UpdateVisualState on the base class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the InteractionHelper class.
-
- Control receiving interaction.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
- UpdateVisualState works differently than the rest of the injected
- functionality. Most of the other events are overridden by the
- calling class which calls Allow, does what it wants, and then calls
- Base. UpdateVisualState is the opposite because a number of the
- methods in InteractionHelper need to trigger it in the calling
- class. We do this using the IUpdateVisualState internal interface.
-
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the control's Loaded event.
-
- The control.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handle changes to the control's IsEnabled property.
-
- The control.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the control's IsReadOnly property.
-
- The value of the property.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control when its template is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the control the InteractionHelper is targeting.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the control has focus.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the mouse is over the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the read-only property is set.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the mouse button is pressed down
- over the control.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemContainerGenerator provides useful utilities for ItemsControls.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- A Panel that is used as the ItemsHost of the ItemsControl. This
- property will only be valid when the ItemsControl is live in the
- tree and has generated containers for some of its items.
-
-
-
-
- A ScrollViewer that is used to scroll the items in the ItemsHost.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
- The ItemsControl being tracked by the ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Apply a control template to the ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified container to display the specified item.
-
-
- Container element used to display the specified item.
-
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Update the style of any generated items when the ItemContainerStyle
- has been changed.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle.
-
- Silverlight does not support setting a Style multiple times, so we
- only attempt to set styles on elements whose style hasn't already
- been set.
-
-
-
-
- Scroll the desired element into the ScrollHost's viewport.
-
- Element to scroll into view.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the ItemsControl being tracked by the
- ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a Panel that is used as the ItemsHost of the ItemsControl.
- This property will only be valid when the ItemsControl is live in
- the tree and has generated containers for some of its items.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a ScrollViewer that is used to scroll the items in the
- ItemsHost.
-
-
-
-
- Converts instances of other types to and from instances of a double that
- represent an object measurement such as a height or width.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Conversions from units to pixels.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether conversion is possible from a specified type to a
- that represents an object
- measurement.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert from.
-
-
- True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts from the specified value to values of the
- type.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- The to use as the
- current culture.
-
- The value to convert.
- The converted value.
-
-
-
- Returns whether the type converter can convert a measurement to the
- specified type.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert to.
-
-
- True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the specified measurement to the specified type.
-
-
- An object that provides a format context.
-
-
- The to use as the
- current culture.
-
- The value to convert.
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert to.
-
- The converted value.
-
-
-
- Return the angle of the hypotenuse of a triangle with
- sides defined by deltaX and deltaY.
-
- Change in X.
- Change in Y.
- The angle (in degrees).
-
-
-
- Return the distance between two points
-
- The first point.
- The second point.
- The distance between the two points.
-
-
-
- Helper extension method for turning XNA's Vector2 type into a Point
-
- The Vector2.
- The point.
-
-
-
- Numeric utility methods used by controls. These methods are similar in
- scope to the WPF DoubleUtil class.
-
-
-
-
- Check if a number isn't really a number.
-
- The number to check.
-
- True if the number is not a number, false if it is a number.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if one number is greater than another.
-
- First number.
- Second number.
-
- True if the first number is greater than the second, false
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if two numbers are close in value.
-
- First number.
- Second number.
-
- True if the first number is close in value to the second, false
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- NanUnion is a C++ style type union used for efficiently converting
- a double into an unsigned long, whose bits can be easily
- manipulated.
-
-
-
-
- Floating point representation of the union.
-
-
-
-
- Integer representation of the union.
-
-
-
-
- Helper for the phone.
-
-
- All orientations are condensed into portrait and landscape, where landscape includes .
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP in landscape orientation.
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP in portrait orientation.
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP text completion in either orientation.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current .
-
- The current .
- true
if the current was found; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether a is oriented as portrait.
-
- The .
- true
if the is oriented as portrait; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct width of a in either orientation.
-
- The .
- The width.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct height of a in either orientation.
-
- The .
- The height.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct of a .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the focused , if there is one.
-
- The .
- true
if there is a focused ; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the SIP is shown.
-
- true
if the SIP is shown; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the would show the SIP text completion.
-
- The .
- true
if the woudl show the SIP text completion; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the covered by the SIP when it is shown.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the uncovered by the SIP when it is shown.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Provides event data for various routed events that track property values
- changing. Typically the events denote a cancellable action.
-
-
- The type of the value for the dependency property that is changing.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Private member variable for Cancel property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class.
-
-
- The identifier
- for the property that is changing.
-
- The previous value of the property.
-
- The new value of the property, assuming that the property change is
- not cancelled.
-
-
- True if the property change is cancellable by setting
-
- to true in event handling. false if the property change is not
- cancellable.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- identifier for the property that is changing.
-
-
- The identifier
- for the property that is changing.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value that reports the previous value of the changing
- property.
-
-
- The previous value of the changing property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that reports the new value of the changing
- property, assuming that the property change is not cancelled.
-
-
- The new value of the changing property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property change that originated
- the RoutedPropertyChanging event is cancellable.
-
-
- True if the property change is cancellable. false if the property
- change is not cancellable.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the property change that
- originated the RoutedPropertyChanging event should be cancelled.
-
-
- True to cancel the property change; this resets the property to
- .
- false to not cancel the property change; the value changes to
- .
-
-
- Attempted to cancel in an instance where
-
- is false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal value coercion is
- acting on the property change that originated the
- RoutedPropertyChanging event.
-
-
- True if coercion is active. false if coercion is not active.
-
-
- This is a total hack to work around the class hierarchy for Value
- coercion in NumericUpDown.
-
-
-
-
- Represents methods that handle various routed events that track property
- values changing. Typically the events denote a cancellable action.
-
-
- The type of the value for the dependency property that is changing.
-
-
- The object where the initiating property is changing.
-
- Event data for the event.
- Preview
-
-
-
- A helper class for raising events safely.
-
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event args type.
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
- The event args.
-
-
-
- Raise an event in a thread-safe manner, with the required null check. Lazily creates event args.
-
- The event args type.
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
- The delegate to return the event args if needed.
-
-
-
- This is a method that returns event args, used for lazy creation.
-
- The event type.
-
-
-
-
- Allows time to be set from xaml.
-
- Preview
- This converter is used by xaml and thus uses the
- English formats.
-
-
-
- BackingField for the TimeFormats being used.
-
-
-
-
- BackingField for the DateFormats being used.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert from
- the specified type descriptor context.
-
- The type descriptor context.
- Type of the source.
-
- True if this instance can convert from the specified type
- descriptor context; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert to the specified
- type descriptor context.
-
- The type descriptor context.
- Type of the destination.
-
- True if this instance can convert to the specified type
- descriptor context; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts instances of other data types into instances of DateTime that
- represent a time.
-
-
- The type descriptor context.
-
- The culture used to convert. This culture
- is not used during conversion, but a specific set of formats is used.
-
- The string being converted to the DateTime.
-
-
- A DateTime that is the value of the conversion.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a DateTime into a string.
-
-
- The type descriptor context.
-
- The culture used to convert.
-
- The value that is being converted to a specified type.
-
-
- The type to convert the value to.
-
-
- The value of the conversion to the specified type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a 2-tuple, or pair.
-
- The type of the tuple's first component.
- The type of the tuple's second component.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Tuple(T1, T2) class.
-
- The value of the tuple's first component.
- The value of the tuple's second component.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current Tuple(T1, T2) object's first component.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current Tuple(T1, T2) object's second component.
-
-
-
-
- Common TypeConverter functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether conversion is possible to a specified type.
-
- Expected type of the converter.
-
- Identifies the data type to evaluate for conversion.
-
-
- A value indicating whether conversion is possible.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to convert a specified object to an instance of the
- desired type.
-
- TypeConverter instance.
- The object being converted.
-
- The type to convert the value to.
-
-
- The value of the conversion to the specified type.
-
-
-
-
- Names and helpers for visual states in the controls.
-
-
-
-
- Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Normal state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Normal state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- MouseOver state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Pressed state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unfocused state of the Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Focused state of the Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selected state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unselected state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selected inactive state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded state of the Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed state of the Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- Opened state of the Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- Closed state of the Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- ValidationStates state group.
-
-
-
-
- The valid state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- Invalid, focused state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- Invalid, unfocused state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Down expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Up expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Left expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Right expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- HasItems state of the HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- NoItems state of the HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- Increment state group.
-
-
-
-
- State enabled for increment group.
-
-
-
-
- State disabled for increment group.
-
-
-
-
- Decrement state group.
-
-
-
-
- State enabled for decrement group.
-
-
-
-
- State disabled for decrement group.
-
-
-
-
- InteractionMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Edit of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Display of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Edit of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Display of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Active state.
-
-
-
-
- Inactive state.
-
-
-
-
- Active state group.
-
-
-
-
- Non-watermarked state.
-
-
-
-
- Watermarked state.
-
-
-
-
- Watermark state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unfocused state for Calendar Buttons.
-
-
-
-
- Focused state for Calendar Buttons.
-
-
-
-
- CalendarButtons Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Busy state for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Idle state for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Busyness group name.
-
-
-
-
- Visible state name for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Hidden state name for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- BusyDisplay group.
-
-
-
-
- Use VisualStateManager to change the visual state of the control.
-
-
- Control whose visual state is being changed.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to use transitions when updating the
- visual state, or to snap directly to the new visual state.
-
-
- Ordered list of state names and fallback states to transition into.
- Only the first state to be found will be used.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation root of the Control.
-
- The DependencyObject.
-
- Implements Silverlight's corresponding internal property on Control.
-
- Returns the implementation root or null.
-
-
-
- This method tries to get the named VisualStateGroup for the
- dependency object. The provided object's ImplementationRoot will be
- looked up in this call.
-
- The dependency object.
- The visual state group's name.
- Returns null or the VisualStateGroup object.
-
-
-
- A static class providing methods for working with the visual tree.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves all the visual children of a framework element.
-
- The parent framework element.
- The visual children of the framework element.
-
-
-
- Retrieves all the logical children of a framework element using a
- breadth-first search. A visual element is assumed to be a logical
- child of another visual element if they are in the same namescope.
- For performance reasons this method manually manages the queue
- instead of using recursion.
-
- The parent framework element.
- The logical children of the framework element.
-
-
-
- Implements a weak event listener that allows the owner to be garbage
- collected if its only remaining link is an event handler.
-
- Type of instance listening for the event.
- Type of source for the event.
- Type of event arguments for the event.
-
-
-
- WeakReference to the instance listening for the event.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instances of the WeakEventListener class.
-
- Instance subscribing to the event.
-
-
-
- Handler for the subscribed event calls OnEventAction to handle it.
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Detaches from the subscribed event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the method to call when the event fires.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the method to call when detaching from the event.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Represents a control that defines choices for users to select.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemContainerStyle dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MenuBase class.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified item is, or is eligible to be, its own item container.
-
- The item to check whether it is an item container.
- True if the item is a MenuItem or a Separator; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Creates or identifies the element used to display the specified item.
-
- A MenuItem.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
- Element used to display the specified item.
- Specified item.
-
-
-
- Checks whether a control has the default value for a property.
-
- The control to check.
- The property to check.
- True if the property has the default value; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Style that is applied to the container element generated for each item.
-
-
-
-
- Visibility state group.
-
-
-
-
- Open visibility state.
-
-
-
-
- Closed visibility state.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the PhoneApplicationPage that contains the owning object.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to a list of ApplicationBarIconButtons for which the Click event is being handled.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the Storyboard used to animate the background resize.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the Storyboard used to animate the ContextMenu open.
-
-
-
-
- Tracks whether the Storyboard used to animate the ContextMenu open is active.
-
-
-
-
- Tracks the threshold for releasing contact during the ContextMenu open animation.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current root visual.
-
-
-
-
- Stores the last known mouse position (via MouseMove).
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the object that owns the ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current Popup.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current overlay.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current Popup alignment point.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a value indicating whether the IsOpen property is being updated by ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsZoomEnabled dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the VerticalOffset dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the HorizontalOffset or VerticalOffset DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsOpen dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the IsOpen DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the IsOpen property.
-
- New value.
-
-
-
- Called when the Opened event occurs.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the Closed event occurs.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ContextMenu class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when a new Template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the Completed event of the opening Storyboard.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Uses VisualStateManager to go to a new visual state.
-
- The state to transition to.
- true to use a System.Windows.VisualTransition to transition between states; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Called when the left mouse button is pressed.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeftButtonDown event.
-
-
-
- Responds to the KeyDown event.
-
- The event data for the KeyDown event.
-
-
-
- Handles the LayoutUpdated event to capture Application.Current.RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the RootVisual's MouseMove event to track the last mouse position.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the ManipulationCompleted event for the RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Hold event for the owning element.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ApplicationBarMirror dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ApplicationBarMirror DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ApplicationBarMirror property.
-
- Old value.
- New value.
-
-
-
- Handles an event which should close an open ContextMenu.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Loaded event of the Owner.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Unloaded event of the Owner.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the BackKeyPress of the containing PhoneApplicationPage.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Calls TransformToVisual on the specified element for the specified visual, suppressing the ArgumentException that can occur in some cases.
-
- Element on which to call TransformToVisual.
- Visual to pass to the call to TransformToVisual.
- Resulting GeneralTransform object.
-
-
-
- Initialize the _rootVisual property (if possible and not already done).
-
-
-
-
- Sets focus to the next item in the ContextMenu.
-
- True to move the focus down; false to move it up.
-
-
-
- Called when a child MenuItem is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the SizeChanged event for the ContextMenu or RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the MouseButtonDown events for the overlay.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Updates the location and size of the Popup and overlay.
-
-
-
-
- Opens the Popup.
-
- Position to place the Popup.
-
-
-
- Closes the Popup.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the owning object for the ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background will zoom out when the ContextMenu is open.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical distance between the target origin and the popup alignment point.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ContextMenu is visible.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a particular instance of a ContextMenu opens.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a particular instance of a ContextMenu closes.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the system implementation for displaying a ContextMenu.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the ContextMenu property of the specified object.
-
- Object to query concerning the ContextMenu property.
- Value of the ContextMenu property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the ContextMenu property of the specified object.
-
- Object to set the property on.
- Value to set.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ContextMenu attached property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ContextMenu DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Represents a selectable item inside a Menu or ContextMenu.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Represents a control that contains a collection of items and a header.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- Note: WPF defines this property via a call to AddOwner of
- HeaderedContentControl's HeaderProperty.
-
-
-
-
- HeaderProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its Header.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- Note: WPF defines this property via a call to AddOwner of
- HeaderedContentControl's HeaderTemplateProperty.
-
-
-
-
- HeaderTemplateProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its HeaderTemplate.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ItemContainerStyleProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its ItemContainerStyle.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the
-
- property.
-
-
- The new value of the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the
-
- property.
-
-
- The new value of the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the
- when a
- new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
-
- The container element used to display the specified item.
-
- The content to display.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified container to display the specified item.
-
-
- Container element used to display the specified item.
-
- Specified item to display.
- The parent ItemsControl.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare a PrepareHeaderedItemsControlContainer container for an
- item.
-
- Container to prepare.
- Item to be placed in the container.
- The parent ItemsControl.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Check whether a control has the default value for a property.
-
- The control to check.
- The property to check.
-
- True if the property has the default value; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Header property has been
- set to the item of an ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the item that labels the control.
-
-
- The item that labels the control. The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a data template that is used to display the contents of
- the control's header.
-
-
- Gets or sets a data template that is used to display the contents of
- the control's header. The default is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the container element generated for each item.
-
-
- The that is applied to the
- container element generated for each item. The default is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ItemsControlHelper that is associated with this control.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a value indicating whether this element has logical focus.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Command dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the Command DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the Command property.
-
- Old value.
- New value.
-
-
-
- Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the CommandParameter DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the CommandParameter property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MenuItem class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the template's tree is generated.
-
-
-
-
- Invoked whenever an unhandled GotFocus event reaches this element in its route.
-
- A RoutedEventArgs that contains event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the LostFocus routed event by using the event data that is provided.
-
- A RoutedEventArgs that contains event data.
-
-
-
- Called whenever the mouse enters a MenuItem.
-
- The event data for the MouseEnter event.
-
-
-
- Called whenever the mouse leaves a MenuItem.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeave event.
-
-
-
- Called when the left mouse button is released.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeftButtonUp event.
-
-
-
- Responds to the KeyDown event.
-
- The event data for the KeyDown event.
-
-
-
- Called when the Items property changes.
-
- The event data for the ItemsChanged event.
-
-
-
- Called when a MenuItem is clicked and raises a Click event.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the CanExecuteChanged event of the Command property.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Updates the IsEnabled property.
-
-
- WPF overrides the local value of IsEnabled according to ICommand, so Silverlight does, too.
-
- True if ChangeVisualState should be called.
-
-
-
- Called when the IsEnabled property changes.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the Loaded event is raised.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Changes to the correct visual state(s) for the control.
-
- True to use transitions; otherwise false.
-
-
-
- Occurs when a MenuItem is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a reference to the MenuBase parent.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command associated with the menu item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the Command property of a MenuItem.
-
-
-
-
- Control that is used to separate items in items controls.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Separator class.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that supports
- objects,
- such as .
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The DataTemplate to apply to the ItemTemplate property on a
- generated HeaderedItemsControl (such as a MenuItem or a
- TreeViewItem), to indicate how to display items from the next level
- in the data hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- The Style to apply to the ItemContainerStyle property on a generated
- HeaderedItemsControl (such as a MenuItem or a TreeViewItem), to
- indicate how to style items from the next level in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection that is used to generate content for the
- next sublevel in the data hierarchy.
-
-
- The collection that is used to generate content for the next
- sublevel in the data hierarchy. The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the ItemTemplate property was set on
- the template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to
- apply to the
-
- property on a generated
- , such
- as a , to
- indicate how to display items from the next sublevel in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
- The to apply to the
-
- property on a generated
- , such
- as a , to
- indicate how to display items from the next sublevel in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the ItemContainerStyle property was
- set on the template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the item container for each child item.
-
-
- The style that is applied to the item container for each child item.
-
-
-
-
- Defines how the LoopingSelector communicates with data source.
-
-
-
-
- Get the next datum, relative to an existing datum.
-
- The datum the return value will be relative to.
- The next datum.
-
-
-
- Get the previous datum, relative to an existing datum.
-
- The datum the return value will be relative to.
- The previous datum.
-
-
-
- The selected item. Should never be null.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when the selection changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that allows the user to choose a date (day/month/year).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a base class for controls that allow the user to choose a date/time.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Value DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value changes.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ValueString DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ValueStringFormat DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the PickerPageUri DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimePickerBase control.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the control's Template is expanded.
-
-
-
-
- Event that is invoked when the Value property changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the string representation of the selected value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the format string to use when converting the Value property to a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Uri to use for loading the IDateTimePickerPage instance when the control is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fallback value for the ValueStringFormat property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DatePicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a page used by the DatePicker control that allows the user to choose a date (day/month/year).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a base class for pages that work with DateTimePickerBase to allow users to choose a date/time.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an interface for DatePicker/TimePicker to use for communicating with a picker page.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime to show in the picker page and to set when the user makes a selection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the DateTimePickerPageBase class; must be called from the subclass's constructor.
-
- Primary selector.
- Secondary selector.
- Tertiary selector.
-
-
-
- Called when the Back key is pressed.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- Culture-specific date/time format string.
- Date/time format string characters for the primary/secondary/tertiary LoopingSelectors.
- Instances for the primary/secondary/tertiary LoopingSelectors.
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Called when a page is no longer the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Called when a page becomes the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime to show in the picker page and to set when the user makes a selection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DatePickerPage control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the page's Orientation property.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- InitializeComponent
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to the localized resources used by the DatePicker and TimePicker.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the localized DatePicker title string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the localized TimePicker title string.
-
-
-
-
- Implements a wrapper for DateTime that provides formatted strings for DatePicker.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeWrapper class.
-
- DateTime to wrap.
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the current culture uses a 24-hour clock.
-
- True if it uses a 24-hour clock; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the DateTime being wrapped.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 4-digit year as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit month as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the month name as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit day as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the day name as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the hour as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit minute as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AM/PM designator as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the DatePicker and TimePicker's ValueChanged event.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeValueChangedEventArgs class.
-
- Old DateTime value.
- New DateTime value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the old DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the new DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that allows the user to choose a time (hour/minute/am/pm).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TimePicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fallback value for the ValueStringFormat property.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a page used by the TimePicker control that allows the user to choose a time (hour/minute/am/pm).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TimePickerPage control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the page's Orientation property.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- InitializeComponent
-
-
-
-
- The GestureListener class raises events similar to those provided by the XNA TouchPanel, but it is designed for
- Silverlight's event-driven model, rather than XNA's loop/polling model, and it also takes care of the hit testing
- and event routing.
-
-
-
-
- Handle touch events.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A touch has started.
-
-
-
-
- A touch is continuing...
-
-
-
-
- A touch has ended.
-
-
-
-
- This method does all the necessary work to raise a gesture event. It sets the orginal source, does the routing,
- handles Handled, and only creates the event args if they are needed.
-
- This is the type of event args that will be raised.
- Gets the specific event to raise.
- Lazy creator function for the event args.
- Indicates whether the mouse capture should be released
-
-
-
- The GestureBegin event.
-
-
-
-
- The GestureCompleted event.
-
-
-
-
- The Tap event (touch, release, no movement).
-
-
-
-
- The DoubleTap event is raised instead of Tap if the time between two taps is short eonugh.
-
-
-
-
- The Hold event (touch and hold for one second)
-
-
-
-
- The DragStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The DragDelta event.
-
-
-
-
- The DragCompleted event. Will be raised on touch release after a drag, or
- when a second touch point is added.
-
-
-
-
- The Flick event. Raised when a drag that was fast enough ends with a release.
-
-
-
-
- The PinchStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- Any two-touch point (two finger) operation.
-
-
-
-
- The end of a pinch operation.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for all gesture events. Also used by Tap, DoubleTap and Hold.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the position of the gesture's starting point relative to a given UIElement.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The gesture's starting point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- Returns the position of a given point relative to a given UIElement.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The point to translate.
- The given point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- The point, in unrotated screen coordinates, where the gesture occurred.
-
-
-
-
- The point, in unrotated screen coordinates, where the first touchpoint is now.
-
-
-
-
- The first hit-testable item under the touch point. Determined by a combination of order in the tree and
- Z-order.
-
-
-
-
- If an event handler sets this to true, it stops event bubbling.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used in the DragStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the DragDelta event.
-
-
-
-
- The horizontal (X) change for this drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical (Y) change for this drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the DragCompleted event.
-
-
-
-
- The total horizontal (X) change of the drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The total vertical (Y) change of the drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The final horizontal (X) velocity of the drag, if the drag was inertial.
-
-
-
-
- The final vertical (Y) velocity of the drag, if the drag was inertial.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the Flick event.
-
-
-
-
- The horizontal (X) velocity of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical (Y) velocity of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The angle of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the flick gesture, as determined by the flick velocities.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for multi-touch gesture event args. Currently used only for
- two-finger (pinch) operations.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the position of either of the two touch points (0 or 1) relative to
- the UIElement provided.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The touchpoint to use (0 or 1).
- The gesture's starting point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- The second touch point's initial position
-
-
-
-
- The second touch point. The first is stored in GestureEventArgs.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the PinchStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The distance between the two touch points.
-
-
-
-
- The angle defined by the two touch points.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the PinchDelta and PinchCompleted events.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the ratio of the current distance between touchpoints / the original distance
- between the touchpoints.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the difference in angle between the current touch positions and the original
- touch positions.
-
-
-
-
- The GestureService class is the helper for getting and setting GestureListeners
- on elements.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a GestureListener for the new element. Will create a new one if necessary.
-
- The object to get the GestureListener from.
- Either the previously existing GestureListener, or a new one.
-
-
-
- Gets the GestureListener on an element. If one is not set, can create a new one
- so that this will never return null, depending on the state of the createIfMissing
- flag.
-
- The object to get the GestureListener from.
- When this is true, if the attached property was not set on the element, it will create one and set it on the element.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the GestureListener on an element. Needed for XAML, but should not be used in code. Use
- GetGestureListener instead, which will create a new instance if one is not already set, to
- add your handlers to an element.
-
- The object to set the GestureListener on.
- The GestureListener.
-
-
-
- This is used to set the value of the attached DependencyProperty internally.
-
- The object to set the GestureListener on.
- The GestureListener.
-
-
-
- The definition of the GestureListener attached DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- This class utilizes the Tag property to attach data to ContentPresenters
-
-
-
-
- The event args for the Link/Unlink events.
-
-
-
-
- Create new LinkUnlinkEventArgs.
-
- The ContentPresenter.
-
-
-
- The ContentPresenter which is displaying the item.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupPopupOpened event args.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemsControl containing the groups.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupPopupClosing event args.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemsControl containing the groups.
-
-
-
-
- The selected group. Will be null if the back button was pressed.
-
-
-
-
- Set this to true if the application will handle the popup closing and scrolling to the group.
-
-
-
-
- Partial definition of LongListSelector. Includes group view code.
-
-
- Partial definition of LongListSelector. Includes ItemsControl subclass.
-
-
- A virtualizing list designed for grouped lists. Can also be used with flat lists.
-
-
-
-
- Will invoke the group view, if a GroupItemTemplate has been defined.
-
-
-
-
- Close the group view unconditionally (do not raise the GroupViewClosingEventArgs event.)
-
-
-
-
- Close the group popup.
-
- The selected group.
- Should the GroupPopupClosing event be raised.
- True if the event was not raised or if it was raised and e.Handled is false.
-
-
-
- The DataSource DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooter DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooterTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupHeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupFooterTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemsPanel DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The IsBouncy DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The IsScrolling DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The ShowListHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ShowListFooter DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The SelectedItem DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The BufferSize DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The MaximumFlickVelocity DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- DisplayAllGroups DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of LongListSelector.
-
-
-
-
- Instantly jump to the specified item.
-
- The item to scroll to.
-
-
-
- Animate the scrolling of the list to the specified item. Scrolling speed is capped by MaximumFlickVelocity.
-
- The item to scroll to.
-
-
-
- Returns all of the items that are currently in view. This is not the same as the items that
- have associated visual elements: there are usually some visuals offscreen. This might be
- an empty list if scrolling is happening too quickly.
-
- The items in view.
-
-
-
- Used to return either containers or items for either all items with containers or just the
- visible ones, as specified by the parameters.
-
- When true, will return values for only items that are in view.
- When true, will return the containers rather than the items.
- A collection of values as specified above.
-
-
-
- OnApplyTemplate override, used to locate template parts.
-
-
-
-
- Override of the MeasureOverride function, to capture the available size.
-
- The available size.
- The desired size.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the group has no items
-
- The group to check.
- True if the group has no items.
-
-
-
- Replaces a single object in a group
-
- The global index of the item.
- The new item.
-
-
-
- Instantly jump to the selected group.
-
- The group to jump to
-
-
-
- Scroll in the direction of an item that has not been resolved.
-
-
-
-
- This event will be raised when the group Popup's IsOpen has been set to true.
-
-
-
-
- This event will be raised then the group Popup is about to close.
-
-
-
-
- The DataSource property. Where all of the items come from.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeader property. Will be used as the first scrollItem in the list.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeaderTemplate provides the template for the ListHeader.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooter property. Will be used as the first scrollItem in the list.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooterTemplate provides the template for the ListFooter.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupHeaderTemplate provides the template for the groups in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupFooterTemplate provides the template for the groups in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate provides the template for the items in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemTemplate specifies the template that will be used in group view mode.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemsPanel specifies the panel that will be used in group view mode.
-
-
-
-
- Controls whether the list can be (temporarily) scrolled off of the ends.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if the user is manipulating the list, or if an inertial animation is taking place.
-
-
-
-
- Controls whether or not the ListHeader is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Controls whether or not the ListFooter is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- The number of "screens" (as defined by the ActualHeight of the LongListSelector) above and below the visible
- items of the list that will be filled with items.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum velocity for flicks, in pixels per second.
-
-
-
-
- Display all groups whether or not they have items.
-
-
-
-
- The SelectionChanged event.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when the user is manipulating the list.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when the user has finished a drag or a flick completes.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when IsBouncy is true and the user has dragged the items down from the top as far as they can go.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when IsBouncy is true and the user has dragged the items up from the bottom as far as they can go.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when the user is no longer stretching.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the ContentPresenter with the item is about to be "realized".
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the ContentPresenter with the item is being recycled and is becoming "un-realized".
-
-
-
-
- Set to true when the list is flat instead of a group hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Class that implements a flexible list-picking experience with a custom interface for few/many items.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ListPickerMode DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectedIndex DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectedItem DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the FullModeItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the FullModeHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemCountThreshold DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ListPicker class.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the control when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own item container.
-
- The specified item.
- True if the item is its own item container; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Creates or identifies the element used to display a specified item.
-
- A container corresponding to a specified item.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
- The element used to display the specified item.
- The item to display.
-
-
-
- Undoes the effects of the PrepareContainerForItemOverride method.
-
- The container element.
- The item.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the ItemContainerGenerator.ItemsChanged event.
-
- A NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Called when the ManipulationCompleted event occurs.
-
- Event data for the event.
-
-
-
- Event that is raised when the selection changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the ListPickerMode (ex: Normal/Expanded/Full).
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the index of the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item when ListPickerMode is set to Full.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header to use when ListPickerMode is set to Full.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of items for which Expanded mode will be used (default: 5).
-
-
-
-
- Class that implements a container for the ListPicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ListPickerItem class.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the control when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- An enumeration defining the supported ListPicker modes.
-
-
-
-
- Normal mode; only the selected item is visible on the original page.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded mode; all items are visible on the original page.
-
-
-
-
- Full mode; all items are visible in a separate Popup.
-
-
-
-
- An infinitely scrolling, UI- and data-virtualizing selection control.
-
-
-
-
- The DataSource DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new LoopingSelector.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpanded DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call .
- In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application.
- For more information, see Remarks.
-
-
-
-
- Balances the items.
-
-
-
-
- The data source that the this control is the view for.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate property
-
-
-
-
- The size of the items, excluding the ItemMargin.
-
-
-
-
- The margin around the items, to be a part of the touchable area.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpanded property controls the expanded state of this control.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpandedChanged event will be raised whenever the IsExpanded state changes.
-
-
-
-
- The items that will be contained in the LoopingSelector.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new LoopingSelectorItem.
-
-
-
-
- Put this item into a new state.
-
- The new state.
- Flag indicating that transitions should be used when going to the new state.
-
-
-
- Returns the current state.
-
- The current state.
-
-
-
- Override of OnApplyTemplate
-
-
-
-
- The Click event. This is needed because there is no gesture for touch-down, pause
- longer than the Hold time, and touch-up. Tap will not be raise, and Hold is not
- adequate.
-
-
-
-
- The states that this can be in.
-
-
-
-
- Not visible
-
-
-
-
- Visible
-
-
-
-
- Selected
-
-
-
-
- Represents a switch that can be toggled between two states.
-
-
-
-
- Common visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Normal visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Check visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Checked visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Dragging visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Unchecked visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Switch root template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch background template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch track template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch thumb template part name.
-
-
-
-
- The minimum translation.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SwitchForeground dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- The background TranslateTransform.
-
-
-
-
- The thumb TranslateTransform.
-
-
-
-
- The root template part.
-
-
-
-
- The track template part.
-
-
-
-
- The thumb template part.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum translation.
-
-
-
-
- The drag translation.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the translation ever changed during the drag.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the dragging state is current.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ToggleSwitch class.
-
-
-
-
- Change the visual state.
-
- Indicates whether to use animation transitions.
-
-
-
- Called by the OnClick method to implement toggle behavior.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all the template parts and initializes the corresponding state.
-
-
-
-
- Handles started drags on the root.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Handles drags on the root.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Handles completed drags on the root.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Handles changed sizes for the track and the thumb.
- Sets the clip of the track and computes the indeterminate and checked translations.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the switch foreground.
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the thumb and background translation.
-
- The translation.
-
-
-
- A progress bar implementation for a smoother appearance of the
- indeterminate states, with the added behavior that after the behavior
- is no longer needed, it smoothly fades out the dots for a less jarring
- experience. No exposed Value property.
-
-
- Important - this control is not intended for regular progress
- bar use, but only indeterminate. As a result, only an IsIndeterminate
- set of visual states are defined in the nested progress bar template.
- Use the standard ProgressBar control in the platform for determinate
- scenarios as there is no performance benefit in determinate mode.
-
-
-
-
- The visual state group reference used to wait until the hidden state
- has fully transitioned to flip the underlying progress bar's
- indeterminate value to False.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ActualIsIndeterminate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsIndeterminate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- IsIndeterminateProperty property changed handler.
-
- PerformanceProgressBar that changed its IsIndeterminate.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PerformanceProgressBar type.
-
-
-
-
- Applies the template and extracts both a visual state and a template
- part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value indicating whether the actual indeterminate
- property should be reflecting a particular value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is in the
- indeterminate state.
-
-
-
-
- A very specialized primitive control that works around a specific visual
- state manager issue. The platform does not support relative sized
- translation values, and this special control walks through visual state
- animation storyboards looking for magic numbers to use as percentages.
- This control is not supported, unofficial, and is a hack in many ways.
- It is used to enable a Windows Phone native platform-style progress bar
- experience in indeterminate mode that remains performant.
-
-
-
-
- A simple Epsilon-style value used for trying to determine the magic
- state, if any, of a double.
-
-
-
-
- The last known width of the control.
-
-
-
-
- The last known height of the control.
-
-
-
-
- A set of custom animation adapters used to update the animation
- storyboards when the size of the control changes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the RelativeAnimatingContentControl
- type.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the size changed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Walks through the known storyboards in the control's template that
- may contain magic double animation values, storing them for future
- use and updates.
-
-
-
-
- Walks through all special animations, updating based on the current
- size of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Processes a double animation with keyframes, looking for known
- special values to store with an adapter.
-
- The double animation using key frames instance.
-
-
-
- Processes a double animation looking for special values.
-
- The double animation instance.
-
-
-
- A selection of dimensions of interest for updating an animation.
-
-
-
-
- The width (horizontal) dimension.
-
-
-
-
- The height (vertical) dimension.
-
-
-
-
- A simple class designed to store information about a specific
- animation instance and its properties. Able to update the values at
- runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AnimationValueAdapter type.
-
- The dimension of interest for updates.
-
-
-
- Updates the original instance based on new dimension information
- from the control. Takes both and allows the subclass to make the
- decision on which ratio, values, and dimension to use.
-
- The width of the control.
- The height of the control.
-
-
-
- Gets the dimension of interest for the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- The ratio based on the original magic value, used for computing
- the updated animation property of interest when the size of the
- control changes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the GeneralAnimationValueAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The animation type instance.
-
-
-
- Approximately removes the magic number state from a value.
-
- The initial number.
- Returns a double with an adjustment for the magic
- portion of the number.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the dimension, if any, from the number. If the number
- is not magic, null is returned instead.
-
- The double value.
- Returs a double animation dimension, if the number was
- partially magic; otherwise, returns null.
-
-
-
- Updates the animation instance based on the dimensions of the
- control.
-
- The width of the control.
- The height of the control.
-
-
-
- Updates the value of the property.
-
- The size of interest to use with a ratio
- computation.
-
-
-
- Stores the animation instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the initial value (minus the magic number portion) that the
- designer stored within the visual state animation property.
-
-
-
-
- Adapter for DoubleAnimation's To property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationToAdapter type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- Adapter for DoubleAnimation's From property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationFromAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- Adapter for double key frames.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationFrameAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- This code provides attached properties for adding a 'tilt' effect to all
- controls within a container.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum amount of tilt, in radians.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum amount of depression, in pixels
-
-
-
-
- Cache of previous cache modes. Not using weak references for now.
-
-
-
-
- Delay between releasing an element and the tilt release animation
- playing.
-
-
-
-
- Duration of tilt release animation.
-
-
-
-
- The control that is currently being tilted.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a storyboard used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of an X rotation used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a Y rotation used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a Z depression used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The center of the tilt element.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the animation just completed was for a 'pause' or not.
-
-
-
-
- This is not a constructable class, but it cannot be static because
- it derives from DependencyObject.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the static properties
-
-
-
-
- Whether the tilt effect is enabled on a container (and all its
- children).
-
-
-
-
- Gets the IsTiltEnabled dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Sets the IsTiltEnabled dependency property on an object.
-
- The object to set the property on.
- The value to set.
-
-
-
- Suppresses the tilt effect on a single control that would otherwise
- be tilted.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the SuppressTilt dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Sets the SuppressTilt dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Property change handler for the IsTiltEnabled dependency property.
-
- The element that the property is atteched to.
- Event arguments.
-
- Adds or removes event handlers from the element that has been
- (un)registered for tilting.
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationStarted.
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilt
- container (eg, entire page).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationDelta
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilting
- object (eg a button).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationCompleted.
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilting
- object (eg a button).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Checks if the manipulation should cause a tilt, and if so starts the
- tilt effect.
-
- The source of the manipulation (the tilt
- container, eg entire page).
- The args from the ManipulationStarted event.
-
-
-
- Computes the delta between the centre of an element and its
- container.
-
- The element to compare.
- The element to compare against.
- A point that represents the delta between the two centers.
-
-
-
- Begins the tilt effect by preparing the control and doing the
- initial animation.
-
- The element to tilt.
- The touch point, in element coordinates.
- The center point of the element in element
- coordinates.
- The delta between the
- 's center and the container's center.
-
-
-
- Prepares a control to be tilted by setting up a plane projection and
- some event handlers.
-
- The control that is to be tilted.
- Delta between the element's center and the
- tilt container's.
- true if successful; false otherwise.
-
- This method is conservative; it will fail any attempt to tilt a
- control that already has a projection on it.
-
-
-
-
- Removes modifications made by PrepareControlForTilt.
-
- THe control to be un-prepared.
-
- This method is basic; it does not do anything to detect if the
- control being un-prepared was previously prepared.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the tilt return storyboard (if not already created) and
- targets it to the projection.
-
- The framework element to prepare for
- projection.
-
-
-
- Continues a tilt effect that is currently applied to an element,
- presumably because the user moved their finger.
-
- The element being tilted.
- The manipulation event args.
-
-
-
- Ends the tilt effect by playing the animation.
-
- The element being tilted.
-
-
-
- Handler for the storyboard complete event.
-
- sender of the event.
- event args.
-
-
-
- Resets the tilt effect on the control, making it appear 'normal'
- again.
-
- The element to reset the tilt on.
-
- This method doesn't turn off the tilt effect or cancel any current
- manipulation; it just temporarily cancels the effect.
-
-
-
-
- Stops the tilt effect and release resources applied to the currently
- tilted control.
-
-
-
-
- Pauses the tilt effect so that the control returns to the 'at rest'
- position, but doesn't stop the tilt effect (handlers are still
- attached).
-
-
-
-
- Resets the storyboard to not running.
-
-
-
-
- Applies the tilt effect to the control.
-
- the control to tilt.
- The touch point, in the container's
- coordinates.
- The center point of the container.
-
-
-
- Whether to use a slightly more accurate (but slightly slower) tilt
- animation easing function.
-
-
-
-
- Default list of items that are tiltable.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an easing function for the tilt return.
-
-
-
-
- Computes the easing function.
-
- The time.
- The eased value.
-
-
-
- Couple of simple helpers for walking the visual tree.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ancestors of the element, up to the root.
-
- The element to start from.
- An enumerator of the ancestors.
-
-
-
- Gets the visual parent of the element.
-
- The element to check.
- The visual parent.
-
-
-
- Converts bool? values to "Off" and "On" strings.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a value.
-
- The value produced by the binding source.
- The type of the binding target property.
- The converter parameter to use.
- The culture to use in the converter.
- A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.
-
-
-
- Converts a value.
-
- The value produced by the binding source.
- The type of the binding target property.
- The converter parameter to use.
- The culture to use in the converter.
- A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.
-
-
-
- Represents a switch that can be toggled between two states.
-
-
-
-
- Common visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Normal visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled visual state.
-
-
-
-
- The ToggleButton that drives this.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SwitchForeground DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsChecked DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Invoked when the IsChecked DependencyProperty is changed.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- The
-
- template part.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the content was set.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ToggleSwitch class.
-
-
-
-
- Makes the content an "Off" or "On" string to match the state.
-
-
-
-
- Change the visual state.
-
- Indicates whether to use animation transitions.
-
-
-
- Makes the content an "Off" or "On" string to match the state if the content is set to null in the design tool.
-
- The old content.
- The new content.
-
-
-
- Gets all the template parts and initializes the corresponding state.
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Returns a
-
- that represents the current
-
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the switch foreground.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the ToggleSwitch is checked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is checked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is unchecked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is indeterminate.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
- resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid FilterMode enumeration value. The value must be one of the defined AutoCompleteFilterMode values to be accepted..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid maximum drop down height value '{0}'. The value must be greater than or equal to zero..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid MinimumPopulateDelay value '{0}'. The value must be greater than or equal to zero..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set read-only property SearchText..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to CHOOSE DATE.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to cancel.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to done.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to SelectedIndex must always be set to a valid value..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to SelectedItem must always be set to a valid value..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Off.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to On.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to The RoutedPropertyChangingEvent cannot be canceled!.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to CHOOSE TIME.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' is unable to convert '{1}' to '{2}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' cannot convert from '{1}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to The type was unexpected..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid length value '{0}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Orientation value '{0}'..
-
-
-
-
- Has navigation-in
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- Has
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the backward
- .
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the forward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Triggers .
-
-
-
-
- Triggers .
-
-
-
-
- The navigation transition will begin.
-
-
-
-
- The navigation transition has ended.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the backward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the forward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Has navigation-out
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- Enables navigation transitions for
- s.
-
-
-
-
- The new
-
- template part name.
-
-
-
-
- The old
-
- template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether a navigation is forward.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether to set the new content to the first or second
- .
-
-
-
-
- The first .
-
-
-
-
- The second .
-
-
-
-
- The old .
-
-
-
-
- The new .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call
- .
- In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
- The old .
- The new .
-
-
-
- Transitions the new .
-
- The for the new .
- The for the new .
-
-
-
- Controls the behavior of transitions.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current time of the
- .
-
- The current time.
-
-
-
- Pauses the animation clock associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Resumes the animation clock, or run-time state, associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Moves the
-
- to the specified animation position. The
-
- performs the requested seek when the next clock tick occurs.
-
- The specified animation position.
-
-
-
- Moves the
-
- to the specified animation position immediately (synchronously).
-
- The specified animation position
-
-
-
- Advances the current time of the
- 's
- clock to the end of its active period.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates the set of animations associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Stops the .
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- has completed playing.
-
-
-
-
- Provides roll s.
-
-
-
-
- Transition factory for a particular transition family.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Existing
-
- or
-
- values may be saved and cleared before the start of the transition, then restored it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- interface to control an
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and restores the
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The original
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The original
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a
-
- for a
-
- and a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Restores the saved
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Saves the
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
- The time offset.
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
- The time offset.
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Provides attached properties for navigation
- s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the in s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the in s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- s
- of
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- s
- of
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Sets a
-
- to
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Sets a
- s
- to
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- The rotate transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 90 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 90 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 180 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 180 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 90 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 90 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 180 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 180 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides rotate s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The slide transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The slide up, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide up, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide down, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide down, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide left, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide left, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide right, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide right, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides swivel s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The swivel transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel full screen in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel full screen out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel forward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel forward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel backward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel backward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides slide s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Provides turnstile s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Provides
- s
- for transition families and modes.
-
-
-
-
- The cached XAML read from the Storyboard resources.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- for a transition family, transition mode, and
- .
-
- The type of the transition mode.
- The .
- The transition family.
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- for a particular transition family and transition mode.
-
- The transition family and transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the roll transition.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the rotate transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the slide transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the swivel transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the turnstile transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- The turnstile transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile forward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile forward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile backward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile backward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The OrientedSize structure is used to abstract the growth direction from
- the layout algorithms of WrapPanel. When the growth direction is
- oriented horizontally (ex: the next element is arranged on the side of
- the previous element), then the Width grows directly with the placement
- of elements and Height grows indirectly with the size of the largest
- element in the row. When the orientation is reversed, so is the
- directional growth with respect to Width and Height.
-
-
-
-
- The orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
-
- The size dimension that grows directly with layout placement.
-
-
-
-
- The size dimension that grows indirectly with the maximum value of
- the layout row or column.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new OrientedSize structure.
-
- Orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new OrientedSize structure.
-
- Orientation of the structure.
- Un-oriented width of the structure.
- Un-oriented height of the structure.
-
-
-
- Gets the orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size dimension that grows directly with layout
- placement.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size dimension that grows indirectly with the
- maximum value of the layout row or column.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the size.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the size.
-
-
-
-
- Positions child elements sequentially from left to right or top to
- bottom. When elements extend beyond the panel edge, elements are
- positioned in the next row or column.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether a dependency property change handler
- should ignore the next change notification. This is used to reset
- the value of properties without performing any of the actions in
- their change handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- OrientationProperty property changed handler.
-
- WrapPanel that changed its Orientation.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Property changed handler for ItemHeight and ItemWidth.
-
-
- WrapPanel that changed its ItemHeight or ItemWidth.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Measures the child elements of a
- in anticipation
- of arranging them during the
-
- pass.
-
-
- The size available to child elements of the wrap panel.
-
-
- The size required by the
- and its
- elements.
-
-
-
-
- Arranges and sizes the
- control and its
- child elements.
-
-
- The area within the parent that the
- should use
- arrange itself and its children.
-
-
- The actual size used by the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Arrange a sequence of elements in a single line.
-
-
- Index of the first element in the sequence to arrange.
-
-
- Index of the last element in the sequence to arrange.
-
-
- Optional fixed growth in the primary direction.
-
-
- Offset of the line in the indirect direction.
-
-
- Shared indirect growth of the elements on this line.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the layout area for each item that is
- contained in a .
-
-
- The height applied to the layout area of each item that is contained
- within a . The
- default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the layout area for each item that is
- contained in a .
-
-
- The width that applies to the layout area of each item that is
- contained in a .
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction in which child elements are arranged.
-
-
- One of the
- values. The default is
- .
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm
deleted file mode 100644
index 785ed77..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-02/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/EULA.rtf b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/EULA.rtf
deleted file mode 100644
index a907d5d..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/EULA.rtf and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index e9f9d85..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cd0504a..0000000
--- a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10709 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that provides a text box for user input and a
- drop-down that contains possible matches based on the input in the text
- box.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The IUpdateVisualState interface is used to provide the
- InteractionHelper with access to the type's UpdateVisualState method.
-
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the selection adapter TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the Selector TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the name of the Popup TemplatePart.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the text box part.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the text box style.
-
-
-
-
- The name for the adapter's item container style.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a local cached copy of the items data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the observable collection that contains references to
- all of the items in the generated view of data that is provided to
- the selection-style control adapter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value to ignore a number of pending change handlers.
- The value is decremented after each use. This is used to reset the
- value of properties without performing any of the actions in their
- change handlers.
-
- The int is important as a value because the TextBox
- TextChanged event does not immediately fire, and this will allow for
- nested property changes to be ignored.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore calling a pending
- change handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the selection
- changed event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to skip the text update
- processing when the selected item is updated.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the last observed text box selection start location.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user is in the process
- of inputting text. This is used so that we do not update
- _textSelectionStart while the user is using an IME.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user initiated the
- current populate call.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether the popup has been opened at least once.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DispatcherTimer used for the MinimumPopulateDelay
- condition for auto completion.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether a read-only dependency
- property change handler should allow the value to be set. This is
- used to ensure that read-only properties cannot be changed via
- SetValue, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the BindingEvaluator, a framework element that can
- provide updated string values from a single binding.
-
-
-
-
- A weak event listener for the collection changed event.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MinimumPrefixLengthProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its MinimumPrefixLength.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MinimumPopulateDelayProperty property changed handler. Any current
- dispatcher timer will be stopped. The timer will not be restarted
- until the next TextUpdate call by the user.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its
- MinimumPopulateDelay.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- MaxDropDownHeightProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its MaxDropDownHeight.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- IsDropDownOpenProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteTextBox that changed its IsDropDownOpen.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- ItemsSourceProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its ItemsSource.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- SelectedItemProperty property changed handler. Fires the
- SelectionChanged event. The event data will contain any non-null
- removed items and non-null additions.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its SelectedItem.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the selected item is changed, updates the text value
- that is displayed in the text box part.
-
- The new item.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- TextProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its Text.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- OnSearchTextProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its SearchText.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- FilterModeProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its FilterMode.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- ItemFilterProperty property changed handler.
-
- AutoCompleteBox that changed its ItemFilter.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- The TextBox template part.
-
-
-
-
- The SelectionAdapter.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Arranges and sizes the
-
- control and its contents.
-
- The size allowed for the
- control.
- The , unchanged.
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the
- control
- when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Allows the popup wrapper to fire visual state change events.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Allows the popup wrapper to fire the FocusChanged event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Begin closing the drop-down.
-
- The original value.
-
-
-
- Begin opening the drop down by firing cancelable events, opening the
- drop-down or reverting, depending on the event argument values.
-
- The original value, if needed for a revert.
-
-
-
- Connects to the DropDownPopup Closed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the FocusChanged event.
-
- A value indicating whether the control
- currently has the focus.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the text box or drop-down portion of the
- control has
- focus.
-
- true to indicate the
- has focus;
- otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Handle the change of the IsEnabled property.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Returns the
- part, if
- possible.
-
-
- A object,
- if possible. Otherwise, null.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the timer tick when using a populate delay.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
-
- which contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Formats an Item for text comparisons based on Converter
- and ConverterCulture properties.
-
- The object to format.
- A value indicating whether to clear
- the data context after the lookup is performed.
- Formatted Value.
-
-
-
- Converts the specified object to a string by using the
- and
- values
- of the binding object specified by the
-
- property.
-
- The object to format as a string.
- The string representation of the specified object.
-
- Override this method to provide a custom string conversion.
-
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Handle the TextChanged event that is directly attached to the
- TextBox part. This ensures that only user initiated actions will
- result in an AutoCompleteBox suggestion and operation.
-
- The source TextBox object.
- The TextChanged event data.
-
-
-
- When selection changes, save the location of the selection start.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles KeyDown to set a flag that indicates that the user is inputting
- text. This is important for IME input.
-
- The source UIElement object.
- The KeyDown event data.
-
-
-
- Handles KeyUp to turn off the flag that indicates that the user is inputting
- text. This is important for IME input.
-
- The source UIElement object.
- The KeyUp event data.
-
-
-
- Updates both the text box value and underlying text dependency
- property value if and when they change. Automatically fires the
- text changed events when there is a change.
-
- The new string value.
-
-
-
- Updates both the text box value and underlying text dependency
- property value if and when they change. Automatically fires the
- text changed events when there is a change.
-
- The new string value.
- A nullable bool value indicating whether
- the action was user initiated. In a user initiated mode, the
- underlying text dependency property is updated. In a non-user
- interaction, the text box value is updated. When user initiated is
- null, all values are updated.
-
-
-
- Handle the update of the text for the control from any source,
- including the TextBox part and the Text dependency property.
-
- The new text.
- A value indicating whether the update
- is a user-initiated action. This should be a True value when the
- TextUpdated method is called from a TextBox event handler.
-
-
-
- Notifies the
- that the
-
- property has been set and the data can be filtered to provide
- possible matches in the drop-down.
-
-
- Call this method when you are providing custom population of
- the drop-down portion of the AutoCompleteBox, to signal the control
- that you are done with the population process.
- Typically, you use PopulateComplete when the population process
- is a long-running process and you want to cancel built-in filtering
- of the ItemsSource items. In this case, you can handle the
- Populated event and set PopulatingEventArgs.Cancel to true.
- When the long-running process has completed you call
- PopulateComplete to indicate the drop-down is populated.
-
-
-
-
- Performs text completion, if enabled, and a lookup on the underlying
- item values for an exact match. Will update the SelectedItem value.
-
- A value indicating whether the operation
- was user initiated. Text completion will not be performed when not
- directly initiated by the user.
-
-
-
- Attempts to look through the view and locate the specific exact
- text match.
-
- The search text.
- The view reference.
- The predicate to use for the partial or
- exact match.
- Returns the object or null.
-
-
-
- A simple helper method to clear the view and ensure that a view
- object is always present and not null.
-
-
-
-
- Walks through the items enumeration. Performance is not going to be
- perfect with the current implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Handle any change to the ItemsSource dependency property, update
- the underlying ObservableCollection view, and set the selection
- adapter's ItemsSource to the view if appropriate.
-
- The old enumerable reference.
- The new enumerable reference.
-
-
-
- Method that handles the ObservableCollection.CollectionChanged event for the ItemsSource property.
-
- The object that raised the event.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the SelectionChanged event of the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The selection changed event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the Commit event on the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles the Cancel event on the selection adapter.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Handles MaxDropDownHeightChanged by re-arranging and updating the
- popup arrangement.
-
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Private method that directly opens the popup, checks the expander
- button, and then fires the Opened event.
-
- The old value.
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Private method that directly closes the popup, flips the Checked
- value, and then fires the Closed event.
-
- The old value.
- The new value.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event.
-
- A
- that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Update the current visual state of the button.
-
-
- True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to
- snap directly to the new visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard
- interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum number of characters required to be entered
- in the text box before the
- displays
- possible matches.
- matches.
-
-
- The minimum number of characters to be entered in the text box
- before the
- displays possible matches. The default is 1.
-
-
- If you set MinimumPrefixLength to -1, the AutoCompleteBox will
- not provide possible matches. There is no maximum value, but
- setting MinimumPrefixLength to value that is too large will
- prevent the AutoCompleteBox from providing possible matches as well.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum delay, in milliseconds, after text is typed
- in the text box before the
- control
- populates the list of possible matches in the drop-down.
-
- The minimum delay, in milliseconds, after text is typed in
- the text box, but before the
- populates
- the list of possible matches in the drop-down. The default is 0.
- The set value is less than 0.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the first possible match
- found during the filtering process will be displayed automatically
- in the text box.
-
-
- True if the first possible match found will be displayed
- automatically in the text box; otherwise, false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used
- to display each item in the drop-down portion of the control.
-
- The used to
- display each item in the drop-down. The default is null.
-
- You use the ItemTemplate property to specify the visualization
- of the data objects in the drop-down portion of the AutoCompleteBox
- control. If your AutoCompleteBox is bound to a collection and you
- do not provide specific display instructions by using a
- DataTemplate, the resulting UI of each item is a string
- representation of each object in the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion
- of the
- control.
-
- The applied to the
- selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of the
- control.
- The default is null.
-
- The default selection adapter contained in the drop-down is a
- ListBox control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the applied to
- the text box portion of the
- control.
-
- The applied to the text
- box portion of the
- control.
- The default is null.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum height of the drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
- The maximum height of the drop-down portion of the
- control.
- The default is .
- The specified value is less than 0.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down portion of
- the control is open.
-
-
- True if the drop-down is open; otherwise, false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate the items for the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
- The collection that is used to generate the items of the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item in the drop-down.
-
- The selected item in the drop-down.
-
- If the IsTextCompletionEnabled property is true and text typed by
- the user matches an item in the ItemsSource collection, which is
- then displayed in the text box, the SelectedItem property will be
- a null reference.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text in the text box portion of the
- control.
-
- The text in the text box portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the text that is used to filter items in the
-
- item collection.
-
- The text that is used to filter items in the
-
- item collection.
-
- The SearchText value is typically the same as the
- Text property, but is set after the TextChanged event occurs
- and before the Populating event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how the text in the text box is used to filter items
- specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- One of the
-
- values The default is
- .
- The specified value is
- not a valid
- .
-
- Use the FilterMode property to specify how possible matches are
- filtered. For example, possible matches can be filtered in a
- predefined or custom way. The search mode is automatically set to
- Custom if you set the ItemFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the custom method that uses user-entered text to filter
- the items specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- The custom method that uses the user-entered text to filter
- the items specified by the
-
- property. The default is null.
-
- The filter mode is automatically set to Custom if you set the
- ItemFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the custom method that uses the user-entered text to
- filter items specified by the
-
- property in a text-based way for display in the drop-down.
-
- The custom method that uses the user-entered text to filter
- items specified by the
-
- property in a text-based way for display in the drop-down.
-
- The search mode is automatically set to Custom if you set the
- TextFilter property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- used by the Text template part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the drop down popup control.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether text completion should be done.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Text template part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selection adapter used to populate the drop-down
- with a list of selectable items.
-
- The selection adapter used to populate the drop-down with a
- list of selectable items.
-
- You can use this property when you create an automation peer to
- use with AutoCompleteBox or deriving from AutoCompleteBox to
- create a custom control.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the text in the text box portion of the
- changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
- is
- populating the drop-down with possible matches based on the
-
- property.
-
-
- If the event is canceled, by setting the PopulatingEventArgs.Cancel
- property to true, the AutoCompleteBox will not automatically
- populate the selection adapter contained in the drop-down.
- In this case, if you want possible matches to appear, you must
- provide the logic for populating the selection adapter.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
- has
- populated the drop-down with possible matches based on the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the value of the
-
- property is changing from false to true.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the value of the
-
- property has changed from false to true and the drop-down is open.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property is changing from true to false.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property was changed from true to false and the drop-down is open.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the selected item in the drop-down portion of the
- has
- changed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that
- is used to get the values for display in the text portion of
- the
- control.
-
- The object used
- when binding to a collection property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property path that is used to get values for
- display in the text portion of the
- control.
-
- The property path that is used to get values for display in
- the text portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- A predefined set of filter functions for the known, built-in
- AutoCompleteFilterMode enumeration values.
-
-
-
-
- Index function that retrieves the filter for the provided
- AutoCompleteFilterMode.
-
- The built-in search mode.
- Returns the string-based comparison function.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string value begins with the text.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value. The current
- culture's case insensitive string comparison operator is used.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the prefix is contained in the string value.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Check if the string values are equal.
-
- The AutoCompleteBox prefix text.
- The item's string value.
- Returns true if the condition is met.
-
-
-
- Specifies how text in the text box portion of the
- control is used
- to filter items specified by the
-
- property for display in the drop-down.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Specifies that no filter is used. All items are returned.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the string
- comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the
- string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- start with the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- contain the specified text.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-insensitive filter where the
- returned items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as
- the search comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies a culture-sensitive, case-sensitive filter where the
- returned items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the string
- comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-insensitive filter where the returned
- items equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying
- as the
- string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies an ordinal, case-sensitive filter where the returned items
- equal the specified text. The filter uses the
-
- method, specifying as
- the string comparison criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that a custom filter is used. This mode is used when the
-
- or
-
- properties are set.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the filter used by the
- control to
- determine whether an item is a possible match for the specified text.
-
- true to indicate is a possible match
- for ; otherwise false.
- The string used as the basis for filtering.
- The item that is compared with the
- parameter.
- The type used for filtering the
- . This type can
- be either a string or an object.
- Stable
-
-
-
- Defines an item collection, selection members, and key handling for the
- selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of an
- control.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event that occurs
- when a key is pressed while the drop-down portion of the
- has focus.
-
- A
- that contains data about the
- event.
-
-
-
- Returns an automation peer for the selection adapter, for use by the
- Silverlight automation infrastructure.
-
- An automation peer for the selection adapter, if one is
- available; otherwise, null.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
- The currently selected item.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property value changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate content for the
- selection adapter.
-
- The collection that is used to generate content for the
- selection adapter.
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selected item is not cancelled and is committed as the
- selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selection has been canceled.
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
- event.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- .
-
- The list of possible matches added to the
- drop-down portion of the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the list of possible matches added to the drop-down portion of
- the
- control.
-
- The list of possible matches added to the
- .
-
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the
-
- event of a
- control.
-
- The source of the event.
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
- Stable
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
- event.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- .
-
- The value of the
-
- property, which is used to filter items for the
- control.
-
-
-
- Gets the text that is used to determine which items to display in
- the
- control.
-
- The text that is used to determine which items to display in
- the .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the
-
- event should be canceled.
-
- True to cancel the event, otherwise false. The default is
- false.
-
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the
-
- event of a
- control.
-
- The source of the event.
- A
- that
- contains the event data.
- Stable
-
-
-
- PopupHelper is a simple wrapper type that helps abstract platform
- differences out of the Popup.
-
-
-
-
- The distance from the control to the child.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether Silverlight has loaded at least once,
- so that the wrapping canvas is not recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PopupHelper class.
-
- The parent control.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PopupHelper class.
-
- The parent control.
- The Popup template part.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the control.
-
- The .
-
-
-
- Makes a from a .
-
-
- The control's margin is counted with the offset to make the .
- This makes the refer to the visible part of the control.
-
- The .
- The margin.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the visible part of the control (minus the margin).
-
-
- The Parent is wrong if the orientation changed, so use the ArrangeOverride if it's available.
-
- The margin.
- The size.
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the margin for the control.
-
- The margin.
-
-
-
- Determines whether is displayed above the control.
-
- The not covered by the SIP.
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the minimum of three numbers and floors it at zero.
-
- The first number.
- The second number.
- The result.
-
-
-
- Computes the of if displayed above the control.
-
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
- The .
-
-
-
- Computes the of if displayed below the control.
-
- The not covered by the SIP.
- The of the control.
- The position of the control.
- The .
-
-
-
- The position of if displayed above the control.
-
- The control's margin.
- The position.
-
-
-
- The position of if displayed below the control.
-
- The control's margin.
- The of the control.
- The position.
-
-
-
- Arrange the popup.
- The from .
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Closed event.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Actually closes the popup after the VSM state animation completes.
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Should be called by the parent control before the base
- OnApplyTemplate method is called.
-
-
-
-
- Should be called by the parent control after the base
- OnApplyTemplate method is called.
-
-
-
-
- The size of the popup child has changed.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The mouse has clicked outside of the popup.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Connected to the Popup Closed event and fires the Closed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Connected to several events that indicate that the FocusChanged
- event should bubble up to the parent control.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Fires the UpdateVisualStates event.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has received focus.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has lost focus.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The popup child has had the mouse enter its bounds.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- The mouse has left the popup child's bounds.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a visual popup state is being used
- in the current template for the Closed state. Setting this value to
- true will delay the actual setting of Popup.IsOpen to false until
- after the visual state's transition for Closed is complete.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expansive area outside of the popup.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the canvas for the popup child.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum drop down height value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Popup control instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the actual Popup is open.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the popup child framework element. Can be used if an
- assumption is made on the child type.
-
-
-
-
- The Closed event is fired after the Popup closes.
-
-
-
-
- Fired when the popup children have a focus event change, allows the
- parent control to update visual states or react to the focus state.
-
-
-
-
- Fired when the popup children intercept an event that may indicate
- the need for a visual state update by the parent control.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the selection adapter contained in the drop-down portion of
- an control.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The Selector instance.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class with the specified
-
- control.
-
- The
- control
- to wrap as a
- .
-
-
-
- If the control contains a ScrollViewer, this will reset the viewer
- to be scrolled to the top.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the SelectionChanged event on the Selector control.
-
- The source object.
- The selection changed event data.
-
-
-
- Increments the
-
- property of the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the
-
- property of the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the
- event that occurs
- when a key is pressed while the drop-down portion of the
- has focus.
-
- A
- that contains data about the
- event.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Commit event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
- event.
-
-
-
-
- Fires the Cancel event.
-
- The source object.
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Change the selection after the actions are complete.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an automation peer for the underlying
-
- control, for use by the Silverlight automation infrastructure.
-
- An automation peer for use by the Silverlight automation
- infrastructure.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selection change event
- should not be fired.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- control.
-
- The underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- property value changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is selected and is committed to the underlying
-
- control.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a selection is canceled before it is committed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item of the selection adapter.
-
- The selected item of the underlying selection adapter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that is used to generate the content of
- the selection adapter.
-
- The collection used to generate content for the selection
- adapter.
-
-
-
- A framework element that permits a binding to be evaluated in a new data
- context leaf node.
-
- The type of dynamic binding to return.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string value binding used by the control.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Value dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the BindingEvaluator class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the BindingEvaluator class,
- setting the initial binding to the provided parameter.
-
- The initial string value binding.
-
-
-
- Clears the data context so that the control does not keep a
- reference to the last-looked up item.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the data context of the framework element and returns the
- updated binding value.
-
- The object to use as the data context.
- If set to true, this parameter will
- clear the data context immediately after retrieving the value.
- Returns the evaluated T value of the bound dependency
- property.
-
-
-
- Updates the data context of the framework element and returns the
- updated binding value.
-
- The object to use as the data context.
- Returns the evaluated T value of the bound dependency
- property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data item string value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value binding.
-
-
-
-
- Extends the CultureInfo class to add Weekdays and Weekends methods.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a list of days that are weekdays in the given culture.
-
- The culture to lookup.
-
-
-
- Returns a list of days that are weekends in the given culture.
-
- The culture to lookup.
-
-
-
- This set of internal extension methods provide general solutions and
- utilities in a small enough number to not warrant a dedicated extension
- methods class.
-
-
-
-
- Inverts a Matrix. The Invert functionality on the Matrix type is
- internal to the framework only. Since Matrix is a struct, an out
- parameter must be presented.
-
- The Matrix object.
- The matrix to return by an output
- parameter.
- Returns a value indicating whether the type was
- successfully inverted. If the determinant is 0.0, then it cannot
- be inverted and the original instance will remain untouched.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the Contains member of string that takes in a
- string comparison. The traditional .NET string Contains member uses
- StringComparison.Ordinal.
-
- The string.
- The string value to search for.
- The string comparison type.
- Returns true when the substring is found.
-
-
-
- Returns whether the page orientation is in portrait.
-
- Page orientation
- If the orientation is portrait
-
-
-
- Returns whether the dark visual theme is currently active.
-
- Resource Dictionary
-
-
-
- Returns whether the uri is from an external source.
-
- The uri
-
-
-
- Registers a property changed callback for a given property.
-
- The element registering the notification
- Property name to register
- Callback function
- This allows a child to be notified of when a property declared in its parent is changed.
-
-
-
- The InteractionHelper provides controls with support for all of the
- common interactions like mouse movement, mouse clicks, key presses,
- etc., and also incorporates proper event semantics when the control is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The threshold used to determine whether two clicks are temporally
- local and considered a double click (or triple, quadruple, etc.).
- 500 milliseconds is the default double click value on Windows.
- This value would ideally be pulled form the system settings.
-
-
-
-
- The threshold used to determine whether two clicks are spatially
- local and considered a double click (or triple, quadruple, etc.)
- in pixels squared. We use pixels squared so that we can compare to
- the distance delta without taking a square root.
-
-
-
-
- Reference used to call UpdateVisualState on the base class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the InteractionHelper class.
-
- Control receiving interaction.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
- UpdateVisualState works differently than the rest of the injected
- functionality. Most of the other events are overridden by the
- calling class which calls Allow, does what it wants, and then calls
- Base. UpdateVisualState is the opposite because a number of the
- methods in InteractionHelper need to trigger it in the calling
- class. We do this using the IUpdateVisualState internal interface.
-
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to
- the new state, or instantly transition to the new state.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the control's Loaded event.
-
- The control.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handle changes to the control's IsEnabled property.
-
- The control.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the control's IsReadOnly property.
-
- The value of the property.
-
-
-
- Update the visual state of the control when its template is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the control the InteractionHelper is targeting.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the control has focus.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the mouse is over the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the read-only property is set.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the mouse button is pressed down
- over the control.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemContainerGenerator provides useful utilities for ItemsControls.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- A Panel that is used as the ItemsHost of the ItemsControl. This
- property will only be valid when the ItemsControl is live in the
- tree and has generated containers for some of its items.
-
-
-
-
- A ScrollViewer that is used to scroll the items in the ItemsHost.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
- The ItemsControl being tracked by the ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Apply a control template to the ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified container to display the specified item.
-
-
- Container element used to display the specified item.
-
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Update the style of any generated items when the ItemContainerStyle
- has been changed.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle.
-
- Silverlight does not support setting a Style multiple times, so we
- only attempt to set styles on elements whose style hasn't already
- been set.
-
-
-
-
- Scroll the desired element into the ScrollHost's viewport.
-
- Element to scroll into view.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the ItemsControl being tracked by the
- ItemContainerGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a Panel that is used as the ItemsHost of the ItemsControl.
- This property will only be valid when the ItemsControl is live in
- the tree and has generated containers for some of its items.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a ScrollViewer that is used to scroll the items in the
- ItemsHost.
-
-
-
-
- Converts instances of other types to and from instances of a double that
- represent an object measurement such as a height or width.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Conversions from units to pixels.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether conversion is possible from a specified type to a
- that represents an object
- measurement.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert from.
-
-
- True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts from the specified value to values of the
- type.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- The to use as the
- current culture.
-
- The value to convert.
- The converted value.
-
-
-
- Returns whether the type converter can convert a measurement to the
- specified type.
-
-
- An
- that provides a format context.
-
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert to.
-
-
- True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the specified measurement to the specified type.
-
-
- An object that provides a format context.
-
-
- The to use as the
- current culture.
-
- The value to convert.
-
- A that represents the type you want to
- convert to.
-
- The converted value.
-
-
-
- Return the angle of the hypotenuse of a triangle with
- sides defined by deltaX and deltaY.
-
- Change in X.
- Change in Y.
- The angle (in degrees).
-
-
-
- Return the distance between two points
-
- The first point.
- The second point.
- The distance between the two points.
-
-
-
- Helper extension method for turning XNA's Vector2 type into a Point
-
- The Vector2.
- The point.
-
-
-
- Numeric utility methods used by controls. These methods are similar in
- scope to the WPF DoubleUtil class.
-
-
-
-
- Check if a number isn't really a number.
-
- The number to check.
-
- True if the number is not a number, false if it is a number.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if one number is greater than another.
-
- First number.
- Second number.
-
- True if the first number is greater than the second, false
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if two numbers are close in value.
-
- First number.
- Second number.
-
- True if the first number is close in value to the second, false
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- NanUnion is a C++ style type union used for efficiently converting
- a double into an unsigned long, whose bits can be easily
- manipulated.
-
-
-
-
- Floating point representation of the union.
-
-
-
-
- Integer representation of the union.
-
-
-
-
- Helper for the phone.
-
-
- All orientations are condensed into portrait and landscape, where landscape includes .
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP in landscape orientation.
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP in portrait orientation.
-
-
-
-
- The height of the SIP text completion in either orientation.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current .
-
- The current .
- true
if the current was found; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether a is oriented as portrait.
-
- The .
- true
if the is oriented as portrait; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct width of a in either orientation.
-
- The .
- The width.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct height of a in either orientation.
-
- The .
- The height.
-
-
-
- Gets the correct of a .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the focused , if there is one.
-
- The .
- true
if there is a focused ; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the SIP is shown.
-
- true
if the SIP is shown; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the would show the SIP text completion.
-
- The .
- true
if the woudl show the SIP text completion; false
otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the covered by the SIP when it is shown.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the uncovered by the SIP when it is shown.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Provides event data for various routed events that track property values
- changing. Typically the events denote a cancellable action.
-
-
- The type of the value for the dependency property that is changing.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Private member variable for Cancel property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- class.
-
-
- The identifier
- for the property that is changing.
-
- The previous value of the property.
-
- The new value of the property, assuming that the property change is
- not cancelled.
-
-
- True if the property change is cancellable by setting
-
- to true in event handling. false if the property change is not
- cancellable.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- identifier for the property that is changing.
-
-
- The identifier
- for the property that is changing.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value that reports the previous value of the changing
- property.
-
-
- The previous value of the changing property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that reports the new value of the changing
- property, assuming that the property change is not cancelled.
-
-
- The new value of the changing property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property change that originated
- the RoutedPropertyChanging event is cancellable.
-
-
- True if the property change is cancellable. false if the property
- change is not cancellable.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the property change that
- originated the RoutedPropertyChanging event should be cancelled.
-
-
- True to cancel the property change; this resets the property to
- .
- false to not cancel the property change; the value changes to
- .
-
-
- Attempted to cancel in an instance where
-
- is false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether internal value coercion is
- acting on the property change that originated the
- RoutedPropertyChanging event.
-
-
- True if coercion is active. false if coercion is not active.
-
-
- This is a total hack to work around the class hierarchy for Value
- coercion in NumericUpDown.
-
-
-
-
- Represents methods that handle various routed events that track property
- values changing. Typically the events denote a cancellable action.
-
-
- The type of the value for the dependency property that is changing.
-
-
- The object where the initiating property is changing.
-
- Event data for the event.
- Preview
-
-
-
- A helper class for raising events safely.
-
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
-
-
-
- Raises an event in a thread-safe manner, also does the null check.
-
- The event args type.
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
- The event args.
-
-
-
- Raise an event in a thread-safe manner, with the required null check. Lazily creates event args.
-
- The event args type.
- The event to raise.
- The event sender.
- The delegate to return the event args if needed.
-
-
-
- This is a method that returns event args, used for lazy creation.
-
- The event type.
-
-
-
-
- A static class providing methods for working with the visual tree using generics.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the first logical child of a specified type using a
- breadth-first search. A visual element is assumed to be a logical
- child of another visual element if they are in the same namescope.
- For performance reasons this method manually manages the queue
- instead of using recursion.
-
- The parent framework element.
- Specifies whether to apply templates on the traversed framework elements
- The first logical child of the framework element of the specified type.
-
-
-
- Retrieves all the logical children of a specified type using a
- breadth-first search. A visual element is assumed to be a logical
- child of another visual element if they are in the same namescope.
- For performance reasons this method manually manages the queue
- instead of using recursion.
-
- The parent framework element.
- Specifies whether to apply templates on the traversed framework elements
- The logical children of the framework element of the specified type.
-
-
-
- Allows time to be set from xaml.
-
- Preview
- This converter is used by xaml and thus uses the
- English formats.
-
-
-
- BackingField for the TimeFormats being used.
-
-
-
-
- BackingField for the DateFormats being used.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert from
- the specified type descriptor context.
-
- The type descriptor context.
- Type of the source.
-
- True if this instance can convert from the specified type
- descriptor context; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert to the specified
- type descriptor context.
-
- The type descriptor context.
- Type of the destination.
-
- True if this instance can convert to the specified type
- descriptor context; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts instances of other data types into instances of DateTime that
- represent a time.
-
-
- The type descriptor context.
-
- The culture used to convert. This culture
- is not used during conversion, but a specific set of formats is used.
-
- The string being converted to the DateTime.
-
-
- A DateTime that is the value of the conversion.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a DateTime into a string.
-
-
- The type descriptor context.
-
- The culture used to convert.
-
- The value that is being converted to a specified type.
-
-
- The type to convert the value to.
-
-
- The value of the conversion to the specified type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a 2-tuple, or pair.
-
- The type of the tuple's first component.
- The type of the tuple's second component.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Tuple(T1, T2) class.
-
- The value of the tuple's first component.
- The value of the tuple's second component.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current Tuple(T1, T2) object's first component.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current Tuple(T1, T2) object's second component.
-
-
-
-
- Common TypeConverter functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether conversion is possible to a specified type.
-
- Expected type of the converter.
-
- Identifies the data type to evaluate for conversion.
-
-
- A value indicating whether conversion is possible.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to convert a specified object to an instance of the
- desired type.
-
- TypeConverter instance.
- The object being converted.
-
- The type to convert the value to.
-
-
- The value of the conversion to the specified type.
-
-
-
-
- Names and helpers for visual states in the controls.
-
-
-
-
- Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Normal state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Normal state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- MouseOver state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Pressed state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled state of the Common state group.
-
-
-
-
- Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unfocused state of the Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Focused state of the Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selected state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unselected state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Selected inactive state of the Selection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded state of the Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed state of the Expansion state group.
-
-
-
-
- Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- Opened state of the Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- Closed state of the Popup state group.
-
-
-
-
- ValidationStates state group.
-
-
-
-
- The valid state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- Invalid, focused state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- Invalid, unfocused state for the ValidationStates group.
-
-
-
-
- ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Down expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Up expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Left expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- Right expand direction state of ExpandDirection state group.
-
-
-
-
- HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- HasItems state of the HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- NoItems state of the HasItems state group.
-
-
-
-
- Increment state group.
-
-
-
-
- State enabled for increment group.
-
-
-
-
- State disabled for increment group.
-
-
-
-
- Decrement state group.
-
-
-
-
- State enabled for decrement group.
-
-
-
-
- State disabled for decrement group.
-
-
-
-
- InteractionMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Edit of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Display of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Edit of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Display of the DisplayMode state group.
-
-
-
-
- Active state.
-
-
-
-
- Inactive state.
-
-
-
-
- Active state group.
-
-
-
-
- Non-watermarked state.
-
-
-
-
- Watermarked state.
-
-
-
-
- Watermark state group.
-
-
-
-
- Unfocused state for Calendar Buttons.
-
-
-
-
- Focused state for Calendar Buttons.
-
-
-
-
- CalendarButtons Focus state group.
-
-
-
-
- Busy state for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Idle state for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Busyness group name.
-
-
-
-
- Visible state name for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- Hidden state name for BusyIndicator.
-
-
-
-
- BusyDisplay group.
-
-
-
-
- Use VisualStateManager to change the visual state of the control.
-
-
- Control whose visual state is being changed.
-
-
- A value indicating whether to use transitions when updating the
- visual state, or to snap directly to the new visual state.
-
-
- Ordered list of state names and fallback states to transition into.
- Only the first state to be found will be used.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation root of the Control.
-
- The DependencyObject.
-
- Implements Silverlight's corresponding internal property on Control.
-
- Returns the implementation root or null.
-
-
-
- This method tries to get the named VisualStateGroup for the
- dependency object. The provided object's ImplementationRoot will be
- looked up in this call.
-
- The dependency object.
- The visual state group's name.
- Returns null or the VisualStateGroup object.
-
-
-
- A static class providing methods for working with the visual tree.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves all the visual children of a framework element.
-
- The parent framework element.
- The visual children of the framework element.
-
-
-
- Retrieves all the logical children of a framework element using a
- breadth-first search. A visual element is assumed to be a logical
- child of another visual element if they are in the same namescope.
- For performance reasons this method manually manages the queue
- instead of using recursion.
-
- The parent framework element.
- The logical children of the framework element.
-
-
-
- Implements a weak event listener that allows the owner to be garbage
- collected if its only remaining link is an event handler.
-
- Type of instance listening for the event.
- Type of source for the event.
- Type of event arguments for the event.
-
-
-
- WeakReference to the instance listening for the event.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instances of the WeakEventListener class.
-
- Instance subscribing to the event.
-
-
-
- Handler for the subscribed event calls OnEventAction to handle it.
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Detaches from the subscribed event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the method to call when the event fires.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the method to call when detaching from the event.
-
-
-
-
- A utility for animating a horizontal translation value.
-
-
-
-
- Single static instance of a PropertyPath with string path "X".
-
-
-
-
- The Storyboard instance for the animation.
-
-
-
-
- The DoubleAnimation instance for a running animation.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to suppress the Completed event notification from happening.
-
-
-
-
- A one-time action for the current GoTo statement only. Cleared if
- GoTo is called before the action runs.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TransformAnimator class.
-
- Target element.
-
-
-
- Targets a new opacity value over a specified duration.
-
- The target opacity value.
- The duration for the animation.
-
-
-
- Targets a new opacity value over a specified duration.
-
- The target opacity value.
- The duration for the animation.
- A completion Action.
-
-
-
- Targets a new opacity value over a specified duration.
-
- The target opacity value.
- The duration for the animation.
- An easing function value.
- A completion Action.
-
-
-
- Handles and passes on the Completed event.
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Ensures and creates if needed the animator for an element. Will also
- verify that a translate transform is present.
-
- The target element.
- The animator reference.
-
-
-
- A utility for animating a horizontal translation value.
-
-
-
-
- Single static instance of a PropertyPath with string path "X".
-
-
-
-
- The Storyboard instance for the animation.
-
-
-
-
- The DoubleAnimation instance for a running animation.
-
-
-
-
- The target translate transform instance.
-
-
-
-
- A one-time action for the current GoTo statement only. Cleared if
- GoTo is called before the action runs.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TransformAnimator class.
-
- TranslateTransform instance.
-
-
-
- Targets a new horizontal offset over a specified duration.
-
- The target offset value.
- The duration for the animation.
-
-
-
- Updates the easing function of the double animation.
-
- The easing funciton, if any, to use.
-
-
-
- Immediately updates the duration of the running double animation.
-
- The new duration value to use.
-
-
-
- Handles animation completed
-
- Event source.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Ensures and creates if needed the animator for an element. Will also
- verify that a translate transform is present.
-
- The target element.
- The animator reference.
-
-
-
- Find a translate transform for the container or create one.
-
- The container.
- Returns the TranslateTransform reference.
-
-
-
- Gets the current offset value from the translate transform object.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pop-up menu that enables a control to expose functionality that is specific to the context of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that defines choices for users to select.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemContainerStyle dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MenuBase class.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified item is, or is eligible to be, its own item container.
-
- The item to check whether it is an item container.
- True if the item is a MenuItem or a Separator; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Creates or identifies the element used to display the specified item.
-
- A MenuItem.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
- Element used to display the specified item.
- Specified item.
-
-
-
- Checks whether a control has the default value for a property.
-
- The control to check.
- The property to check.
- True if the property has the default value; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Style that is applied to the container element generated for each item.
-
-
-
-
- Width of the Menu in Landscape
-
-
-
-
- Width of the system tray in Landscape Mode
-
-
-
-
- Width of the application bar in Landscape mode
-
-
-
-
- Width of the borders around the menu
-
-
-
-
- Visibility state group.
-
-
-
-
- Open visibility state.
-
-
-
-
- Open state when the context menu grows upwards.
-
-
-
-
- Closed visibility state.
-
-
-
-
- Open landscape visibility state.
-
-
-
-
- Open landscape state when the context menu grows leftwards.
-
-
-
-
- The panel that holds all the content
-
-
-
-
- The grid that contains the item presenter
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the PhoneApplicationPage that contains the owning object.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to a list of ApplicationBarIconButtons for which the Click event is being handled.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the Storyboard used to animate the background resize.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the Storyboard used to animate the ContextMenu open.
-
-
-
-
- Tracks whether the Storyboard used to animate the ContextMenu open is active.
-
-
-
-
- Tracks the threshold for releasing contact during the ContextMenu open animation.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current root visual.
-
-
-
-
- Stores the last known mouse position (via MouseMove).
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the object that owns the ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current Popup.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current overlay.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a reference to the current Popup alignment point.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a value indicating whether the IsOpen property is being updated by ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the opening animation is reversed (bottom to top or right to left).
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsZoomEnabled dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsFadeEnabled dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the VerticalOffset dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the VerticalOffset DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsOpen dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the IsOpen DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the IsOpen property.
-
- New value.
-
-
-
- Identifies the RegionOfInterest dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the Opened event occurs.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the Closed event occurs.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ContextMenu class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when a new Template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Set up the background and border default styles
-
-
-
-
- Handles the Completed event of the opening Storyboard.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Uses VisualStateManager to go to the appropriate visual state.
-
- true to use a System.Windows.VisualTransition to
- transition between states; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Whether the position is on the right half of the screen.
- Only supports landscape mode.
- This is used to determine which side of the screen the context menu will display on.
-
- Position to check for
-
-
-
- Called when the left mouse button is pressed.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeftButtonDown event.
-
-
-
- Responds to the KeyDown event.
-
- The event data for the KeyDown event.
-
-
-
- Handles the LayoutUpdated event to capture Application.Current.RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the RootVisual's MouseMove event to track the last mouse position.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the ManipulationCompleted event for the RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Hold event for the owning element.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ApplicationBarMirror dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ApplicationBarMirror DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ApplicationBarMirror property.
-
- Old value.
- New value.
-
-
-
- Handles an event which should close an open ContextMenu.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Loaded event of the Owner.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the Unloaded event of the Owner.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the BackKeyPress of the containing PhoneApplicationPage.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Calls TransformToVisual on the specified element for the specified visual, suppressing the ArgumentException that can occur in some cases.
-
- Element on which to call TransformToVisual.
- Visual to pass to the call to TransformToVisual.
- Resulting GeneralTransform object.
-
-
-
- Initialize the _rootVisual property (if possible and not already done).
-
-
-
-
- Sets focus to the next item in the ContextMenu.
-
- True to move the focus down; false to move it up.
-
-
-
- Called when a child MenuItem is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the SizeChanged event for the ContextMenu or RootVisual.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the MouseButtonUp events for the overlay.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Updates the location and size of the Popup and overlay.
-
-
-
-
- Opens the Popup.
-
- Position to place the Popup.
-
-
-
- Closes the Popup.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the owning object for the ContextMenu.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background will zoom out when the ContextMenu is open.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background will fade when the ContextMenu is open.
- IsZoomEnabled must be true for this value to take effect.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical distance between the target origin and the popup alignment point.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ContextMenu is visible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the region of interest expressed in the coordinate system of the root visual.
- A context menu will try to position itself outside the region of interest.
- If null, the owner's bounding box is considered the region of interest.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a particular instance of a ContextMenu opens.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a particular instance of a ContextMenu closes.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the system implementation for displaying a ContextMenu.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the ContextMenu property of the specified object.
-
- Object to query concerning the ContextMenu property.
- Value of the ContextMenu property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the ContextMenu property of the specified object.
-
- Object to set the property on.
- Value to set.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ContextMenu attached property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the ContextMenu DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Represents a selectable item inside a Menu or ContextMenu.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Represents a control that contains a collection of items and a header.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- Note: WPF defines this property via a call to AddOwner of
- HeaderedContentControl's HeaderProperty.
-
-
-
-
- HeaderProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its Header.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- Note: WPF defines this property via a call to AddOwner of
- HeaderedContentControl's HeaderTemplateProperty.
-
-
-
-
- HeaderTemplateProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its HeaderTemplate.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ItemContainerStyleProperty property changed handler.
-
-
- HeaderedItemsControl that changed its ItemContainerStyle.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the
-
- property.
-
-
- The new value of the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the
-
- property.
-
-
- The new value of the
-
- property.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the
- when a
- new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
-
- The container element used to display the specified item.
-
- The content to display.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified container to display the specified item.
-
-
- Container element used to display the specified item.
-
- Specified item to display.
- The parent ItemsControl.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare a PrepareHeaderedItemsControlContainer container for an
- item.
-
- Container to prepare.
- Item to be placed in the container.
- The parent ItemsControl.
-
- The ItemContainerStyle for the parent ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Check whether a control has the default value for a property.
-
- The control to check.
- The property to check.
-
- True if the property has the default value; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Header property has been
- set to the item of an ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the item that labels the control.
-
-
- The item that labels the control. The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a data template that is used to display the contents of
- the control's header.
-
-
- Gets or sets a data template that is used to display the contents of
- the control's header. The default is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the container element generated for each item.
-
-
- The that is applied to the
- container element generated for each item. The default is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ItemsControlHelper that is associated with this control.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a value indicating whether this element has logical focus.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Command dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the Command DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the Command property.
-
- Old value.
- New value.
-
-
-
- Identifies the CommandParameter dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the CommandParameter DependencyProperty.
-
- DependencyObject that changed.
- Event data for the DependencyPropertyChangedEvent.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the CommandParameter property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MenuItem class.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the template's tree is generated.
-
-
-
-
- Invoked whenever an unhandled GotFocus event reaches this element in its route.
-
- A RoutedEventArgs that contains event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the LostFocus routed event by using the event data that is provided.
-
- A RoutedEventArgs that contains event data.
-
-
-
- Called whenever the mouse enters a MenuItem.
-
- The event data for the MouseEnter event.
-
-
-
- Called whenever the mouse leaves a MenuItem.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeave event.
-
-
-
- Called when the left mouse button is released.
-
- The event data for the MouseLeftButtonUp event.
-
-
-
- Responds to the KeyDown event.
-
- The event data for the KeyDown event.
-
-
-
- Called when the Items property changes.
-
- The event data for the ItemsChanged event.
-
-
-
- Called when a MenuItem is clicked and raises a Click event.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the CanExecuteChanged event of the Command property.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Updates the IsEnabled property.
-
-
- WPF overrides the local value of IsEnabled according to ICommand, so Silverlight does, too.
-
- True if ChangeVisualState should be called.
-
-
-
- Called when the IsEnabled property changes.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when the Loaded event is raised.
-
- Source of the event.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Changes to the correct visual state(s) for the control.
-
- True to use transitions; otherwise false.
-
-
-
- Occurs when a MenuItem is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a reference to the MenuBase parent.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command associated with the menu item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the Command property of a MenuItem.
-
-
-
-
- Control that is used to separate items in items controls.
-
- Preview
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Separator class.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that supports
- objects,
- such as .
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- The DataTemplate to apply to the ItemTemplate property on a
- generated HeaderedItemsControl (such as a MenuItem or a
- TreeViewItem), to indicate how to display items from the next level
- in the data hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- The Style to apply to the ItemContainerStyle property on a generated
- HeaderedItemsControl (such as a MenuItem or a TreeViewItem), to
- indicate how to style items from the next level in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection that is used to generate content for the
- next sublevel in the data hierarchy.
-
-
- The collection that is used to generate content for the next
- sublevel in the data hierarchy. The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the ItemTemplate property was set on
- the template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to
- apply to the
-
- property on a generated
- , such
- as a , to
- indicate how to display items from the next sublevel in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
- The to apply to the
-
- property on a generated
- , such
- as a , to
- indicate how to display items from the next sublevel in the data
- hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the ItemContainerStyle property was
- set on the template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is
- applied to the item container for each child item.
-
-
- The style that is applied to the item container for each child item.
-
-
-
-
- Date and time converter for daily feeds.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string appropriately formatted for daily feeds.
- This format can be found in the call history.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- An hour defined in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- A day defined in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- Format pattern for single-character meridiem designators.
- e.g. 4:30p
-
-
-
-
- Format pattern for double-character meridiem designators.
- e.g. 4:30 p.m.
-
-
-
-
- Date and time information used when getting the super short time
- pattern. Syncs with the current culture.
-
-
-
-
- Date and time information used when getting the month and day
- pattern. Syncs with the current culture.
-
-
-
-
- Date and time information used when getting the short time
- pattern. Syncs with the current culture.
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to delimit a critical region when getting
- the super short time pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to delimit a critical region when getting
- the month and day pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to delimit a critical region when getting
- the short time pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Regular expression used to get the month and day pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Regular expression used to get the seconds pattern with separator.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number representing the day of the week from a given
-
- object, relative to the first day of the week
- according to the current culture.
-
- Date information.
-
- A number representing the day of the week.
- e.g. if Monday is the first day of the week according to the
- relative culture, Monday returns 0, Tuesday returns 1, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object represents a future instance when compared to another
-
- object.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time represents a future instance.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object represents a past year when compared to another
-
- object.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time is set to a past year.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object represents a past week when compared to another
-
- object.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time is set to a past week.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object is at least one week behind from another
-
- object.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time is at least one week behind.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object corresponds to a past day in the same week as another
-
- object.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time is a past day in the relative week.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if a given
-
- object corresponds to a past day in the same week as another
-
- object and at least three hours behind it.
-
- Relative date and time.
- Given date and time.
-
- True if given date and time is a past day in the relative week
- and at least three hours behind the relative time.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies if the current culture is set to Japanese.
-
-
- True if current culture is set to Japanese.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies if the current culture is set to Korean.
-
-
- True if current culture is set to Korean.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies if the current culture is set to Turkish.
-
-
- True if current culture is set to Turkish.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies if the current culture is set to Hungarian.
-
-
- True if current culture is set to Hungarian.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies if the current UI culture is set to French.
-
-
- True if current UI culture is set to French.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the abbreviated day from a
-
- object.
-
- Date information.
- e.g. "Mon" for Monday when en-US.
-
-
-
- Gets the time from a
-
- object in short Metro format.
-
-
- Metro design guidelines normalize strings to lowercase.
-
- Time information.
- "10:20p" for 10:20 p.m. when en-US.
-
-
-
- Gets the month and day from a
-
- object.
-
- Date information.
- "05/24" for May 24th when en-US.
-
-
-
- Gets the date in short pattern from a
-
- object.
-
- Date information.
-
- Date in short pattern as defined by the system locale.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time in short pattern from a
-
- object.
-
- Date information.
-
- Time in short pattern as defined by the system locale.
-
-
-
-
- Date and time converter to display information in full format.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string appropriately formatted to
- display full date and time information.
- This format can be found in email.
-
-
- This format never displays the year.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- Date and time converter for hourly feeds.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string appropriately formatted for hourly feeds.
- This format can be found in messaging.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- Date and time converter to be used in list-views.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string appropriately formatted for list-views.
- This format can be found in email.
-
-
- This format never displays the year.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- Time converter to display elapsed time relatively to the present.
-
-
-
-
- A minute defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- An hour defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- A day defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- A week defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- A month defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- A year defined in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- Abbreviation for the default culture used by resources files.
-
-
-
-
- Four different strings to express hours in plural.
-
-
-
-
- Four different strings to express minutes in plural.
-
-
-
-
- Four different strings to express seconds in plural.
-
-
-
-
- Resources use the culture in the system locale by default.
- The converter must use the culture specified the ConverterCulture.
- The ConverterCulture defaults to en-US when not specified.
- Thus, change the resources culture only if ConverterCulture is set.
-
- The culture to use in the converter.
-
-
-
- Returns a localized text string to express months in plural.
-
- Number of months.
- Localized text string.
-
-
-
- Returns a localized text string to express time units in plural.
-
-
- Number of time units, e.g. 5 for five months.
-
-
- Resources related to the specified time unit.
-
- Localized text string.
-
-
-
- Returns a localized text string for the day of week.
-
- Day of week.
- Localized text string.
-
-
-
- Returns a localized text string to express "on {0}"
- where {0} is a day of the week, e.g. Sunday.
-
- Day of week.
- Localized text string.
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string the represents the elapsed time
- relatively to the present.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
-
- The culture to use in the converter.
- When not specified, the converter uses the current culture
- as specified by the system locale.
-
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- Date and time converter for threads.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a
-
- object into a string appropriately formatted for threads.
- This format can be found in messaging.
-
-
- This format never displays the year.
-
- The given date and time.
-
- The type corresponding to the binding property, which must be of
- .
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- The given date and time as a string.
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- (Not used).
- null
-
-
-
- Defines how the LoopingSelector communicates with data source.
-
-
-
-
- Get the next datum, relative to an existing datum.
-
- The datum the return value will be relative to.
- The next datum.
-
-
-
- Get the previous datum, relative to an existing datum.
-
- The datum the return value will be relative to.
- The previous datum.
-
-
-
- The selected item. Should never be null.
-
-
-
-
- Raised when the selection changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that allows the user to choose a date (day/month/year).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a base class for controls that allow the user to choose a date/time.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Value DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value changes.
-
- The event data.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ValueString DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ValueStringFormat DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the PickerPageUri DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimePickerBase control.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the control's Template is expanded.
-
-
-
-
- Event that is invoked when the Value property changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the string representation of the selected value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the format string to use when converting the Value property to a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Uri to use for loading the IDateTimePickerPage instance when the control is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fallback value for the ValueStringFormat property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DatePicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a page used by the DatePicker control that allows the user to choose a date (day/month/year).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a base class for pages that work with DateTimePickerBase to allow users to choose a date/time.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an interface for DatePicker/TimePicker to use for communicating with a picker page.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime to show in the picker page and to set when the user makes a selection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the DateTimePickerPageBase class; must be called from the subclass's constructor.
-
- Primary selector.
- Secondary selector.
- Tertiary selector.
-
-
-
- Called when the Back key is pressed.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- Culture-specific date/time format string.
- Date/time format string characters for the primary/secondary/tertiary LoopingSelectors.
- Instances for the primary/secondary/tertiary LoopingSelectors.
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Called when a page is no longer the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Called when a page becomes the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DateTime to show in the picker page and to set when the user makes a selection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DatePickerPage control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the page's Orientation property.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- InitializeComponent
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to the localized resources used by the DatePicker and TimePicker.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the localized DatePicker title string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the localized TimePicker title string.
-
-
-
-
- Implements a wrapper for DateTime that provides formatted strings for DatePicker.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeWrapper class.
-
- DateTime to wrap.
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the current culture uses a 24-hour clock.
-
- True if it uses a 24-hour clock; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the DateTime being wrapped.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 4-digit year as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit month as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the month name as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit day as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the day name as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the hour as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 2-digit minute as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AM/PM designator as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the DatePicker and TimePicker's ValueChanged event.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeValueChangedEventArgs class.
-
- Old DateTime value.
- New DateTime value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the old DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the new DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a control that allows the user to choose days of the week.
-
-
-
-
- Class that implements a flexible list-picking experience with a custom interface for few/many items.
-
-
-
-
- In Mango, the size of list pickers in expanded mode was given extra offset.
-
-
-
-
- Whether this list picker has the picker page opened.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ListPickerMode DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Highlight property changed
-
-
-
-
- Highlight property changed
-
-
-
-
- Enabled property changed
-
-
-
-
- Enabled property changed
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectedIndex DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectedItem DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the FullModeItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the FullModeHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemCountThreshold DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the PickerPageUri DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ExpansionMode DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectionMode DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SelectedItems DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ListPicker class.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the control when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own item container.
-
- The specified item.
- True if the item is its own item container; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Creates or identifies the element used to display a specified item.
-
- A container corresponding to a specified item.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
- The element used to display the specified item.
- The item to display.
-
-
-
- Undoes the effects of the PrepareContainerForItemOverride method.
-
- The container element.
- The item.
-
-
-
- Provides handling for the ItemContainerGenerator.ItemsChanged event.
-
- A NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Called when the ManipulationStarted event occurs.
-
- Event data for the event.
-
-
-
- Called when the ManipulationDelta event occurs.
-
- Event data for the event.
-
-
-
- Called when the ManipulationCompleted event occurs.
-
- Event data for the event.
-
-
-
- Opens the picker for selection either into Expanded or Full mode depending on the picker's state.
-
- Whether the picker was succesfully opened.
-
-
-
- Updates the summary of the selected items to be displayed in the ListPicker.
-
- The list selected items
-
-
-
- Event that is raised when the selection changes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the delegate, which is called to summarize a list of selections into a string.
- If not implemented, the default summarizing behavior will be used.
- If this delegate is implemented, default summarizing behavior can be achieved by returning
- null instead of a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the ListPickerMode (ex: Normal/Expanded/Full).
-
-
-
-
- Whether the list picker is highlighted.
- This occurs when the user is manipulating the box or when in expanded mode.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the index of the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item when ListPickerMode is set to Full.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header to use when ListPickerMode is set to Full.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of items for which Expanded mode will be used, 5.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Uri to use for loading the ListPickerPage instance when the control is tapped.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how the list picker expands when tapped.
- This property has an effect only when SelectionMode is Single.
- When SelectionMode is Multiple, the ExpansionMode will be treated as FullScreenOnly.
- ExpansionAllowed will only expand when the number of items is less than or equalt to ItemCountThreshold
- Single by default.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the SelectionMode. Extended is treated as Multiple.
- Single by default.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the selected items.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the RecurringDaysPicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Sumarizes a list of days into a shortened string representation.
- If all days, all weekdays, or all weekends are in the list, then the string includes
- the corresponding name rather than listing out all of those days separately.
- If individual days are listed, they are abreviated.
- If the list is null or empty, "only once" is returned.
-
- The list of days. Can be empty or null.
- A string representation of the list of days.
-
-
-
- Sumarizes a list of days into a shortened string representation.
- If all days, all weekdays, or all weekends are in the list, then the string includes
- the corresponding name rather than listing out all of those days separately.
- If individual days are listed, they are abreviated.
- If the list is empty, "only once" is returned.
-
- The list of days. Can be empty.
- A string representation of the list of days.
-
-
-
- Finds a group (weekends, weekdays, every day) within a list of days and returns a string representing that group.
- Days that are not in a group are set in the unhandledDays out parameter.
-
- List of days
- Out parameter which will be written to with the list of days that were not in a group.
- String of any group found.
-
-
-
- Represents a control that allows the user to choose a time (hour/minute/am/pm).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TimePicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fallback value for the ValueStringFormat property.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a page used by the TimePicker control that allows the user to choose a time (hour/minute/am/pm).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the TimePickerPage control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a sequence of LoopingSelector parts ordered according to culture string for date/time formatting.
-
- LoopingSelectors ordered by culture-specific priority.
-
-
-
- Handles changes to the page's Orientation property.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- InitializeComponent
-
-
-
-
- Represents a collection of items that can be expanded or collapsed.
-
-
-
-
- Expansion visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Expandability visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Expandable visual state.
-
-
-
-
- NonExpandable visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Presenter template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Expander Panel template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded State Animation template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed to Expanded Key Frame template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded to Collapsed Key Frame template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Step between the keytimes of drop-down animations
- to create a feather effect.
-
-
-
-
- Initial key time for drop-down animations.
-
-
-
-
- Final key time for drop-down animations.
-
-
-
-
- Presenter template part.
-
-
-
-
- Expander Panel template part.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded State Animation template part.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed to Expanded Key Frame template part.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded to Collapsed Key Frame template part.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Expander dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ExpanderProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ExpanderTemplate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ExpanderTemplateProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the NonExpandableHeader dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- NonExpandableHeaderProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the NonExpandableHeaderTemplate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- NonExpandableHeaderTemplate changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsExpanded dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- IsExpandedProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the HasItems dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the NonExpandable dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- IsNonExpandableProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Gets the template parts and sets event handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ExpanderView class.
-
-
-
-
- Recalculates the size of the presenter to match its parent.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Updates the visual state.
-
-
- Indicates whether visual transitions should be used.
-
-
-
-
- Raises a routed event.
-
- Event handler.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Provides the feathered animation for items
- when the Expander View goes from collapsed to expanded.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the HasItems property.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Toggles the IsExpanded property.
-
- The Expander Panel that triggers the event.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Called when the value of th Expander property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the Expander property.
-
-
- The new value of the Expander property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the ExpanderTemplate property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the ExpanderTemplate property.
-
-
- The new value of the ExpanderTemplate property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the NonExpandableHeader property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the NonExpandableHeader property.
-
-
- The new value of the NonExpandableHeader property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the NonExpandableHeaderTemplate
- property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the NonExpandableHeaderTemplate property.
-
-
- The new value of the NonExpandableHeaderTemplate property.
-
-
-
-
- Raises an Expanded event when the IsExpanded property
- changes from false to true.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Raises a Collapsed event when the IsExpanded property
- changes from true to false.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the Expander View opens to display its content.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the Expander View closes to hide its content.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expander object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data template that defines
- the expander.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header object that is displayed
- when the Expander View is non-expandable.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data template that defines
- the non-expandable header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag that indicates whether the
- Expander View is expanded.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag that indicates whether the
- Expander View has items.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag that indicates whether the
- Expander View is non-expandable.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the visual states of an Expander View
- related to its current expansion.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the visual states of an Expander View
- related to its expandability.
-
-
-
-
- Expandable visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- NonExpandable visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an animated tile that supports an image and a title.
- Furthermore, it can also be associated with a message or a notification.
-
-
-
-
- Common visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Semiexpanded visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Flipped visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Nofitication Block template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Message Block template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Back Title Block template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Notification Block template part.
-
-
-
-
- Message Block template part.
-
-
-
-
- Back Title Block template part.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the number of steps inside the pipeline of stalled images
-
-
-
-
- Flag that determines if the hub tile has a primary text string associated to it.
- If it does not, the hub tile will not drop.
-
-
-
-
- Flag that determines if the hub tile has a secondary text string associated to it.
- If it does not, the hub tile will not flip.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Source dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Title dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Prevents the hub tile from transitioning into a Semiexpanded or Collapsed visual state if the title is not set.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the Notification dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Prevents the hub tile from transitioning into a Flipped visual state if neither the notification alert nor the message are set.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the Message dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the DisplayNotification dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsFrozen dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the frozen image from the enabled image pool or the stalled image pipeline.
- Adds the non-frozen image to the enabled image pool.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the GroupTag dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the State dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Triggers the transition between visual states.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Updates the visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the template parts and sets binding.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the HubTile class.
-
-
-
-
- This event handler gets called as soon as a hub tile is added to the visual tree.
- A reference of this hub tile is passed on to the service singleton.
-
- The hub tile.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- This event handler gets called as soon as a hub tile is removed from the visual tree.
- Any existing reference of this hub tile is eliminated from the service singleton.
-
- The hub tile.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the image source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the title.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the notification alert.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag for new notifications.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag for images that do not animate.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the group tag.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the visual states of a Hub tile.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Semiexpanded visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Collapsed visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Flipped visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a multi-line string into a single line string.
-
-
-
-
- If there is a new notification (value)
- Returns a Visible value for the notification block (parameter).
- Or a Collapsed value for the message block (parameter).
- Returns a opposite values otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Provides organized animations for the hub tiles.
-
-
-
-
- Number of steps in the pipeline
-
-
-
-
- Number of hub tile that can be animated at exactly the same time.
-
-
-
-
- Track resurrection for weak references.
-
-
-
-
- Timer to trigger animations in timely.
-
-
-
-
- Random number generator to take certain random decisions.
- e.g. which hub tile is to be animated next.
-
-
-
-
- Pool that contains references to the hub tiles that are not frozen.
- i.e. hub tiles that can be animated at the moment.
-
-
-
-
- Pool that contains references to the hub tiles which are frozen.
- i.e. hub tiles that cannot be animated at the moment.
-
-
-
-
- Pipeline that contains references to the hub tiles that where animated previously.
- These are stalled briefly before they can be animated again.
-
-
-
-
- Static constructor to add the tick event handler.
-
-
-
-
- Restart the timer to trigger animations.
-
-
-
-
- Add a reference to a newly instantiated hub tile.
-
- The newly instantiated hub tile.
-
-
-
- Remove all references of a hub tile before finalizing it.
-
- The hub tile that is to be finalized.
-
-
-
- Add a reference of a hub tile to the enabled images pool.
-
- The hub tile to be added.
-
-
-
- Add a reference of a hub tile to the frozen images pool.
-
- The hub tile to be added.
-
-
-
- Add a reference of a hub tile to the stalled images pipeline.
-
- The hub tile to be added.
-
-
-
- Remove the reference of a hub tile from the enabled images pool.
-
- The hub tile to be removed.
-
-
-
- Remove the reference of a hub tile from the frozen images pool.
-
- The hub tile to be removed.
-
-
-
- Remove the reference of a hub tile from the stalled images pipeline.
-
- The hub tile to be removed.
-
-
-
- Determine if there is a reference to a known target in a list.
-
- The list to be examined.
- The known target.
- True if a reference to the known target exists in the list. False otherwise.
-
-
-
- Remove a reference to a known target in a list.
-
- The list to be examined.
- The known target.
-
-
-
- Executes the code to process a visual transition:
- 1. Stop the timer.
- 2. Advances the stalled tiles to the next step in the pipeline.
- If there is at least one tile that can be currently animated ...
- 3. Animate as many tiles as indicated.
- 4. Select a tile andomly from the pool of enabled tiles.
- 5. Based on this tile's current visual state, move it onto
- the next one.
- 6. Set the stalling counter for the recently animated image.
- 7. Take it out from the pool and into the pipeline to prevent it
- from being animated continuously.
- 8. Restart the timer with a randomly generated time interval
- between 100 and 3000 ms.
- Notice that if there are no hub tiles that can be animated,
- the timer is not restarted.
-
- The static timer.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Freeze a hub tile.
-
- The hub tile to be frozen.
-
-
-
- Unfreezes a hub tile and restarts the timer if needed.
-
- The hub tile to be unfrozen.
-
-
-
- Freezes all the hub tiles with the specified group tag that are not already frozen.
-
- The group tag representing the hub tiles that should be frozen.
-
-
-
- Unfreezes all the hub tiles with the specified group tag
- that are currently frozen and restarts the timer if needed.
-
- The group tag representing the hub tiles that should be unfrozen.
-
-
-
- The GestureListener class raises events similar to those provided by the XNA TouchPanel, but it is designed for
- Silverlight's event-driven model, rather than XNA's loop/polling model, and it also takes care of the hit testing
- and event routing.
-
-
-
-
- Handle touch events.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A touch has started.
-
-
-
-
- A touch is continuing...
-
-
-
-
- A touch has ended.
-
-
-
-
- This method does all the necessary work to raise a gesture event. It sets the orginal source, does the routing,
- handles Handled, and only creates the event args if they are needed.
-
- This is the type of event args that will be raised.
- Gets the specific event to raise.
- Lazy creator function for the event args.
- Indicates whether the mouse capture should be released
-
-
-
- The GestureBegin event.
-
-
-
-
- The GestureCompleted event.
-
-
-
-
- The Tap event (touch, release, no movement).
-
-
-
-
- The DoubleTap event is raised instead of Tap if the time between two taps is short eonugh.
-
-
-
-
- The Hold event (touch and hold for one second)
-
-
-
-
- The DragStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The DragDelta event.
-
-
-
-
- The DragCompleted event. Will be raised on touch release after a drag, or
- when a second touch point is added.
-
-
-
-
- The Flick event. Raised when a drag that was fast enough ends with a release.
-
-
-
-
- The PinchStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- Any two-touch point (two finger) operation.
-
-
-
-
- The end of a pinch operation.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for all gesture events. Also used by Tap, DoubleTap and Hold.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the position of the gesture's starting point relative to a given UIElement.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The gesture's starting point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- Returns the position of a given point relative to a given UIElement.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The point to translate.
- The given point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- The point, in unrotated screen coordinates, where the gesture occurred.
-
-
-
-
- The point, in unrotated screen coordinates, where the first touchpoint is now.
-
-
-
-
- The first hit-testable item under the touch point. Determined by a combination of order in the tree and
- Z-order.
-
-
-
-
- If an event handler sets this to true, it stops event bubbling.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used in the DragStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the DragDelta event.
-
-
-
-
- The horizontal (X) change for this drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical (Y) change for this drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the DragCompleted event.
-
-
-
-
- The total horizontal (X) change of the drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The total vertical (Y) change of the drag event.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the drag gesture, as determined by the initial drag change.
-
-
-
-
- The final horizontal (X) velocity of the drag, if the drag was inertial.
-
-
-
-
- The final vertical (Y) velocity of the drag, if the drag was inertial.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the Flick event.
-
-
-
-
- The horizontal (X) velocity of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical (Y) velocity of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The angle of the flick.
-
-
-
-
- The direction of the flick gesture, as determined by the flick velocities.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for multi-touch gesture event args. Currently used only for
- two-finger (pinch) operations.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the position of either of the two touch points (0 or 1) relative to
- the UIElement provided.
-
- The return value will be relative to this element.
- The touchpoint to use (0 or 1).
- The gesture's starting point relative to the given UIElement.
-
-
-
- The second touch point's initial position
-
-
-
-
- The second touch point. The first is stored in GestureEventArgs.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the PinchStarted event.
-
-
-
-
- The distance between the two touch points.
-
-
-
-
- The angle defined by the two touch points.
-
-
-
-
- The event args used by the PinchDelta and PinchCompleted events.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the ratio of the current distance between touchpoints / the original distance
- between the touchpoints.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the difference in angle between the current touch positions and the original
- touch positions.
-
-
-
-
- The GestureService class is the helper for getting and setting GestureListeners
- on elements.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a GestureListener for the new element. Will create a new one if necessary.
-
- The object to get the GestureListener from.
- Either the previously existing GestureListener, or a new one.
-
-
-
- Gets the GestureListener on an element. If one is not set, can create a new one
- so that this will never return null, depending on the state of the createIfMissing
- flag.
-
- The object to get the GestureListener from.
- When this is true, if the attached property was not set on the element, it will create one and set it on the element.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the GestureListener on an element. Needed for XAML, but should not be used in code. Use
- GetGestureListener instead, which will create a new instance if one is not already set, to
- add your handlers to an element.
-
- The object to set the GestureListener on.
- The GestureListener.
-
-
-
- This is used to set the value of the attached DependencyProperty internally.
-
- The object to set the GestureListener on.
- The GestureListener.
-
-
-
- The definition of the GestureListener attached DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The expansion mode of a ListPicker.
-
-
-
-
- Allows all items to be visible on the page.
-
-
-
-
- Requires all items to be displayed in a full screen popup.
-
-
-
-
- Displays the list of items and allows single or multiple selection.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a list picker page.
-
-
-
-
- Called when a page becomes the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Called when the Back key is pressed.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Called when a page is no longer the active page in a frame.
-
- An object that contains the event data.
-
-
-
- Go through all the items that were not visible on the page and set their properties accordingly without animation.
-
-
-
-
- InitializeComponent
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string of text to display as the header of the page.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the list of items to display.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selection mode.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the list of items to select.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the item template
-
-
-
-
- Whether the picker page is open or not.
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
- resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to about a minute ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to about a month ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to about an hour ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to about a week ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to ALARM REPEATS ON.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to CHOOSE DATE.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to cancel.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to done.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Friday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to last {0}.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Monday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to on {0}.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to on {0}.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to over a year ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to every day.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to only once.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to weekdays.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to weekends.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Saturday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Sunday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Thursday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to CHOOSE TIME.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Tuesday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Wednesday.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} hours ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} hours ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} hours ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} hours ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} minutes ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} minutes ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} minutes ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} minutes ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} months ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} months ago .
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} seconds ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} seconds ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} seconds ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} seconds ago.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to {0} weeks ago.
-
-
-
-
- The event args for the Link/Unlink events.
-
-
-
-
- Create new LinkUnlinkEventArgs.
-
- The ContentPresenter.
-
-
-
- The ContentPresenter which is displaying the item.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupPopupOpened event args.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemsControl containing the groups.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupPopupClosing event args.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemsControl containing the groups.
-
-
-
-
- The selected group. Will be null if the back button was pressed.
-
-
-
-
- Set this to true if the application will handle the popup closing and scrolling to the group.
-
-
-
-
- Partial definition of LongListSelector. Includes group view code.
-
-
- Partial definition of LongListSelector. Includes ItemsControl subclass.
-
-
- Represents a virtualizing list designed for grouped lists. Can also be
- used with flat lists.
-
-
-
-
- The templated list box name.
-
-
-
-
- This constant is not actively used in the new version, however, the
- value is exposed through a deprecated property. For backward-
- compatibility only.
-
-
-
-
- The Scrolling state name.
-
-
-
-
- The NotScrolling state name.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical compression top state name.
-
-
-
-
- The vertical compression bottom state name.
-
-
-
-
- The absense of vertical compression state name.
-
-
-
-
- Closes the group popup.
-
- The selected group.
- Should the GroupPopupClosing event be raised.
- True if the event was not raised or if it was raised and e.Handled is false.
-
-
-
- Reference to the ListBox hosed in this control.
-
-
-
-
- Reference to the visual state group for scrolling.
-
-
-
-
- // Used to listen for changes in the ItemsSource
- (_rootCollection = ItemsSource as INotifyCollectionChanged).
-
-
-
-
- Used to listen for changes in the groups within ItemsSource.
-
-
-
-
- The DataSource DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooter DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooterTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupHeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupFooterTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- DisplayAllGroups DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemsPanel DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The BufferSize DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The MaximumFlickVelocity DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ShowListHeader DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- The ShowListFooter DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Instantly jump to the specified item.
-
- Item to jump to.
-
-
-
- Instantly jump to the specified group.
-
- Group to jump to.
-
-
-
- Invokes the group view if a GroupItemTemplate has been defined.
-
-
-
-
- Closes the group view unconditionally.
-
- Does not raise the GroupViewClosingEventArgs event.
-
-
-
- Animate the scrolling of the list to the specified item.
-
- Item to scroll to.
-
-
-
- Returns either containers or items for either all items with
- containers or just the visible ones, as specified by the
- parameters.
-
- When true, will return values for
- only items that are in view.
- When true, will return the containers
- rather than the items.
- Returns either containers or items for either all items
- with containers or just the visible ones, as specified by the
- parameters.
-
-
-
- Returns all of the items that are currently in view.
- This is not the same as the items that have associated visual elements: there are usually some visuals offscreen.
- This might be an empty list if scrolling is happening too quickly.
-
- Returns all of the items that are currently in view.
-
-
-
- Called when the ItemsSource dependency property changes.
-
-
-
-
- Called whenever a template gets applied on this control.
-
-
-
-
- Loads ItemsSource into the hosted list box.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a list header to the given list.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a list header to the listbox.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the list header from the given list.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the list header from the listbox.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a list footer to the given list.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a list footer to the listbox.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the list footer from the given list.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the list footer from the listbox.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a group to a list of tuples.
-
- Group to add.
- List to which the method will add the group.
-
-
-
- Adds group headers or footers after their template switch from being null
- to an actual value.
-
- Specifies whether or not to add group headers.
- Specifies whether or not to add group footers.
- Used only when templates for group headers/footers switch from being null.
- In this case, they must be added to the lisbox if a group is not empty or DisplayAllGroups is true.
- For performance reasons, this method makes an assumption that headers/footers are not already present.
- Which is the case when its called from OnDataTemplateChanged.
-
-
-
- Adds group headers after the GroupHeaderTeamplate switch from being null
- to an actual value.
-
-
-
-
- Adds group headers after the GroupFooterTeamplate switch from being null
- to an actual value.
-
-
-
-
- Removes group headers or footers after their template becomes null.
-
- Specifies whether or not to remove group headers.
- Specifies whether or not to remove group footers.
-
-
-
- Unsubscrives from every collection in ItemsSource.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts new groups in the list box.
-
- List of the new groups to insert.
- Insertion index relative to the collection.
-
-
-
- Inserts new items in the list box.
-
- List of new items to insert.
- Insertion index relative to the collection
- Group into which the items are inserted. Can be null if IsFlatList == true
-
-
-
- Removes groups from the list box.
-
- List of groups to remove.
- Start index relative to the root collection.
-
-
-
- Removes old items from a group or from the root collection.
-
- List of items to remove.
- Start index relative to the group or root collection.
- Group from which items are removed. Can be null if IsFlatList == true.
-
-
-
- Returns, for a group, an index relative to the templated list box from an index relative to the root collection.
-
- Index relative to the root collection.
- Returns, for a group, an index relative to the templated list box from an index relative to the root collection.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of items in a list of groups.
-
- List of groups from which to retrieve the items count.
- Returns the number of items in a list of groups.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of items in a group including the group header.
-
- Group from which to retrieve the items count.
- Returns the number of items in a group including the group header.
-
-
-
- Updates the templates for a given item type in the list box.
-
- Item type for which to update the template.
- New template that will replace the old one.
-
-
-
- Called when a data template has changed.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the DisplayAllGroups dependency property changes
-
-
-
-
- Called when there is a change in the selected item(s) in the listbox.
-
-
-
-
- Called when there is a change in the root or a group collection.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the scrolling state of the list box changes.
-
-
-
-
- Called when an item gets realized.
-
-
-
-
- Called when an item gets unrealized.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the list is flat instead of a group hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selected item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the list can be (temporarily) scrolled off of the ends.
-
-
-
-
- Gets whether a list header is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Gets whether a list footer is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Gets whether or not the user is manipulating the list, or if an inertial animation is taking place.
-
-
-
-
- The DataSource property. Where all of the items come from.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeader property. Will be used as the first scrollItem in the list.
-
-
-
-
- The ListHeaderTemplate provides the template for the ListHeader.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooter property. Will be used as the first scrollItem in the list.
-
-
-
-
- The ListFooterTemplate provides the template for the ListFooter.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupHeaderTemplate provides the template for the groups in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupFooterTemplate provides the template for the groups in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate provides the template for the items in the items view.
-
-
-
-
- Display all groups whether or not they have items.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemTemplate specifies the template that will be used in group view mode.
-
-
-
-
- The GroupItemsPanel specifies the panel that will be used in group view mode.
-
-
-
-
- The number of "screens" (as defined by the ActualHeight of the LongListSelector) above and below the visible
- items of the list that will be filled with items.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum velocity for flicks, in pixels per second.
-
-
-
-
- Controls whether or not the ListHeader is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Controls whether or not the ListFooter is shown.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the currently selected item changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when this control starts scrolling.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when this control stops scrolling.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the group Popup's IsOpen has been set to true.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the group popup is about to close.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is about to be "realized".
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is about to be "un-realized".
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the user has dragged the items up from the bottom as far as they can go.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the user is no longer stretching.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the user has dragged the items down from the top as far as they can go.
-
-
-
-
- Describes different items.
-
-
-
-
- Holds information about an item.
-
-
-
-
- Class that implements a container for the ListPicker control.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ListPickerItem class.
-
-
-
-
- Builds the visual tree for the control when a new template is applied.
-
-
-
-
- An enumeration defining the supported ListPicker modes.
-
-
-
-
- Normal mode; only the selected item is visible on the original page.
-
-
-
-
- Expanded mode; all items are visible on the original page.
-
-
-
-
- Full mode; all items are visible in a separate Popup.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a ListBox with item-specific templates.
-
-
-
-
- Creates or identifies the element used to display a specified item.
-
- Returns the new container.
-
-
-
- Prepares the specified element to display the specified item.
-
- Element used to display the specified item.
- Specified item.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, undoes the effects of the
- PrepareContainerForItemOverride method.
-
- The container element.
- The item.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the list header template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the list footer template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the group header template.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the footer template.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is about to be "realized".
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when an item is about to be "un-realized".
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item within a
-
-
-
-
- Provides an attachable property that clips a FrameworkElement
- to its bounds, e.g. clip the element when it is translated outside
- of the panel it is placed in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the IsEnabled dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the value from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Sets the IsEnabled dependency property on an object.
-
- The object to set the value on.
- The value to set.
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsEnabled dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches or detaches the SizeChanged event handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Clips the associated object to a rectangular geometry determined
- by its actual width and height.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Provides helper methods to work with ItemsControl.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the parent ItemsControl.
-
- The type of ItemsControl.
- The dependency object
-
- The parent ItemsControl or null if there is not.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the items that are currently in the view port
- of an ItemsControl with a ScrollViewer.
-
- The ItemsControl to search on.
-
- A collection of weak references to the items in the view port.
-
-
-
-
- An item container for a Multiselect List.
-
-
-
-
- Selection mode visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Closed visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Exposed visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Opened visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Select Box template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Outter Hint Panel template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Inner Hint Panel template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Outter Cover template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Item Info Presenter template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Limit for the manipulation delta in the X-axis.
-
-
-
-
- Limit for the manipulation delta in the Y-axis.
-
-
-
-
- Outter Hint Panel template part.
-
-
-
-
- Inner Hint Panel template part.
-
-
-
-
- Outter Cover template part.
-
-
-
-
- Item Info Presenter template part.
-
-
-
-
- Multiselect List that owns this Multiselect Item.
-
-
-
-
- Manipulation delta in the x-axis.
-
-
-
-
- Manipulation delta in the y-axis.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that this Multiselect Item is a container
- being reused for virtualization.
-
-
-
-
- Flag that is used to prevent multiple selection changed
- events from being fired when all the items in the list are
- unselected. Instead, a single event is fired.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsSelected dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Adds or removes the item to the selected items collection
- in the Multiselect List that owns it.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the State dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HintPanelHeight dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the vertical alignment of the hint panels to stretch if the
- height is not manually set. If it is, the alignment is set to top.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ContentInfo dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ContentInfoProperty changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ContentInfoTemplate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- ContentInfoTemplate changed handler.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Gets the template parts and sets event handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MultiselectItem class.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the visual state.
-
-
- Indicates whether visual transitions should be used.
-
-
-
-
- Raises a routed event.
-
- Event handler.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Raises a Selected event when the IsSelected property
- changes from false to true.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Raises an Unselected event when the IsSelected property
- changes from true to false.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the ContentInfo property changes.
-
-
- The old value of the ContentInfo property.
-
-
- The new value of the ContentInfo property.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the ContentInfoTemplate property chages.
-
-
- The old value of the ContentInfoTemplate property.
-
-
- The new value of the ContentInfoTemplate property.
-
-
-
-
- Triggers a visual transition to the Exposed visual state.
-
- The Hint Panel that triggers the event.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Triggers a visual transition to the Closed visual state
- if the manipulation delta goes out of bounds.
-
- The Hint Panel that triggers the event.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Selects this MultiselectItem if the manipulation delta
- is within limits and fires an OnSelectionChanged event accordingly.
- Resets the deltas for both axises.
-
- The Hint Panel that triggers the event.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Toogles the selection of a MultiselectItem
- and fires an OnSelectionChanged event accordingly.
-
- The cover that triggers the event.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Occurs when the multiselect item is selected.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the multiselect item is unselected.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag that indicates if the item
- is currently selected.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the hint panel.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the content information.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data template that defines
- the content information.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the visual states of a Multiselect item.
-
-
-
-
- Closed visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Exposed visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- Opened visual state value.
-
-
-
-
- A collection of items that supports multiple selection.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsSelectionEnabled dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Opens or closes the selection mode accordingly.
- If closing, it unselects any selected item.
- Finally, it fires up an IsSelectionEnabledChanged event.
-
- The dependency object.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemInfoTemplate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ItemContainerStyle dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the MultiselectList class.
-
-
-
-
- Toogles the selection mode based on the count of selected items,
- and fires a SelectionChanged event.
-
-
- A collection containing the items that were unselected.
-
-
- A collection containing the items that were selected.
-
-
-
-
- Triggers the visual state changes and visual transitions
- to open the list into selection mode.
-
-
-
-
- Triggers the visual state changes and visual transitions
- to close the list out of selection mode.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the DependencyObject used by this ItemsControl
- to be a MultiselectItem.
-
-
- A new instance of a MultiselectItem.
-
-
-
-
- Acknowledges an item as being of the same type as its container
- if it is a MultiselectItem.
-
- An item owned by the ItemsControl.
- True if the item is a MultiselectItem.
-
-
-
- Resets new or reused item containers appropiately.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Unselects any selected item which was removed from the source.
-
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Collection of items that are currently selected.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when there is a change to the SelectedItems collection.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the selection mode is opened or closed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the flag that indicates if the list
- is in selection mode or not.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the data template that is to be
- used on the item information field of the MultiselectItems.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the item container style.
-
-
-
-
- An infinitely scrolling, UI- and data-virtualizing selection control.
-
-
-
-
- The DataSource DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate DependencyProperty
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new LoopingSelector.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpanded DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call .
- In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application.
- For more information, see Remarks.
-
-
-
-
- Balances the items.
-
-
-
-
- The data source that the this control is the view for.
-
-
-
-
- The ItemTemplate property
-
-
-
-
- The size of the items, excluding the ItemMargin.
-
-
-
-
- The margin around the items, to be a part of the touchable area.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpanded property controls the expanded state of this control.
-
-
-
-
- The IsExpandedChanged event will be raised whenever the IsExpanded state changes.
-
-
-
-
- The items that will be contained in the LoopingSelector.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new LoopingSelectorItem.
-
-
-
-
- Put this item into a new state.
-
- The new state.
- Flag indicating that transitions should be used when going to the new state.
-
-
-
- Returns the current state.
-
- The current state.
-
-
-
- Override of OnApplyTemplate
-
-
-
-
- The Click event. This is needed because there is no gesture for touch-down, pause
- longer than the Hold time, and touch-up. Tap will not be raise, and Hold is not
- adequate.
-
-
-
-
- The states that this can be in.
-
-
-
-
- Not visible
-
-
-
-
- Visible
-
-
-
-
- Selected
-
-
-
-
- Represents a switch that can be toggled between two states.
-
-
-
-
- Common visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Normal visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Check visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Checked visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Dragging visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Unchecked visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Switch root template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch background template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch track template part name.
-
-
-
-
- Switch thumb template part name.
-
-
-
-
- The minimum translation.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SwitchForeground dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- The background TranslateTransform.
-
-
-
-
- The thumb TranslateTransform.
-
-
-
-
- The root template part.
-
-
-
-
- The track template part.
-
-
-
-
- The thumb template part.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum translation.
-
-
-
-
- The drag translation.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the translation ever changed during the drag.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the dragging state is current.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ToggleSwitch class.
-
-
-
-
- Change the visual state.
-
- Indicates whether to use animation transitions.
-
-
-
- Called by the OnClick method to implement toggle behavior.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all the template parts and initializes the corresponding state.
-
-
-
-
- Handles started drags on the root.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Handles drags on the root.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Handles changed sizes for the track and the thumb.
- Sets the clip of the track and computes the indeterminate and checked translations.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the switch foreground.
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the thumb and background translation.
-
- The translation.
-
-
-
- A progress bar implementation for a smoother appearance of the
- indeterminate states, with the added behavior that after the behavior
- is no longer needed, it smoothly fades out the dots for a less jarring
- experience. No exposed Value property.
-
-
- Important - this control is not intended for regular progress
- bar use, but only indeterminate. As a result, only an IsIndeterminate
- set of visual states are defined in the nested progress bar template.
- Use the standard ProgressBar control in the platform for determinate
- scenarios as there is no performance benefit in determinate mode.
-
-
-
-
- The visual state group reference used to wait until the hidden state
- has fully transitioned to flip the underlying progress bar's
- indeterminate value to False.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating the cached IsIndeterminate.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the ActualIsIndeterminate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsIndeterminate dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- IsIndeterminateProperty property changed handler.
-
- PerformanceProgressBar that changed its IsIndeterminate.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PerformanceProgressBar type.
-
-
-
-
- Applies the template and extracts both a visual state and a template
- part.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value indicating whether the actual indeterminate
- property should be reflecting a particular value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is in the
- indeterminate state.
-
-
-
-
- A very specialized primitive control that works around a specific visual
- state manager issue. The platform does not support relative sized
- translation values, and this special control walks through visual state
- animation storyboards looking for magic numbers to use as percentages.
- This control is not supported, unofficial, and is a hack in many ways.
- It is used to enable a Windows Phone native platform-style progress bar
- experience in indeterminate mode that remains performant.
-
-
-
-
- A simple Epsilon-style value used for trying to determine the magic
- state, if any, of a double.
-
-
-
-
- The last known width of the control.
-
-
-
-
- The last known height of the control.
-
-
-
-
- A set of custom animation adapters used to update the animation
- storyboards when the size of the control changes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the RelativeAnimatingContentControl
- type.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the size changed event.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Walks through the known storyboards in the control's template that
- may contain magic double animation values, storing them for future
- use and updates.
-
-
-
-
- Walks through all special animations, updating based on the current
- size of the control.
-
-
-
-
- Processes a double animation with keyframes, looking for known
- special values to store with an adapter.
-
- The double animation using key frames instance.
-
-
-
- Processes a double animation looking for special values.
-
- The double animation instance.
-
-
-
- A selection of dimensions of interest for updating an animation.
-
-
-
-
- The width (horizontal) dimension.
-
-
-
-
- The height (vertical) dimension.
-
-
-
-
- A simple class designed to store information about a specific
- animation instance and its properties. Able to update the values at
- runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AnimationValueAdapter type.
-
- The dimension of interest for updates.
-
-
-
- Updates the original instance based on new dimension information
- from the control. Takes both and allows the subclass to make the
- decision on which ratio, values, and dimension to use.
-
- The width of the control.
- The height of the control.
-
-
-
- Gets the dimension of interest for the control.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- The ratio based on the original magic value, used for computing
- the updated animation property of interest when the size of the
- control changes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the GeneralAnimationValueAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The animation type instance.
-
-
-
- Approximately removes the magic number state from a value.
-
- The initial number.
- Returns a double with an adjustment for the magic
- portion of the number.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the dimension, if any, from the number. If the number
- is not magic, null is returned instead.
-
- The double value.
- Returs a double animation dimension, if the number was
- partially magic; otherwise, returns null.
-
-
-
- Updates the animation instance based on the dimensions of the
- control.
-
- The width of the control.
- The height of the control.
-
-
-
- Updates the value of the property.
-
- The size of interest to use with a ratio
- computation.
-
-
-
- Stores the animation instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the initial value (minus the magic number portion) that the
- designer stored within the visual state animation property.
-
-
-
-
- Adapter for DoubleAnimation's To property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationToAdapter type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- Adapter for DoubleAnimation's From property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationFromAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- Adapter for double key frames.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the underlying property of interest.
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value for the underlying property of interest.
-
- The new value for the property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the DoubleAnimationFrameAdapter
- type.
-
- The dimension of interest.
- The instance of the animation type.
-
-
-
- This code provides attached properties for adding a 'tilt' effect to all
- controls within a container.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum amount of tilt, in radians.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum amount of depression, in pixels
-
-
-
-
- Cache of previous cache modes. Not using weak references for now.
-
-
-
-
- Delay between releasing an element and the tilt release animation
- playing.
-
-
-
-
- Duration of tilt release animation.
-
-
-
-
- The control that is currently being tilted.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a storyboard used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of an X rotation used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a Y rotation used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The single instance of a Z depression used for all tilts.
-
-
-
-
- The center of the tilt element.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the animation just completed was for a 'pause' or not.
-
-
-
-
- This is not a constructable class, but it cannot be static because
- it derives from DependencyObject.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the static properties
-
-
-
-
- Whether the tilt effect is enabled on a container (and all its
- children).
-
-
-
-
- Gets the IsTiltEnabled dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Sets the IsTiltEnabled dependency property on an object.
-
- The object to set the property on.
- The value to set.
-
-
-
- Suppresses the tilt effect on a single control that would otherwise
- be tilted.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the SuppressTilt dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Sets the SuppressTilt dependency property from an object.
-
- The object to get the property from.
- The property's value.
-
-
-
- Property change handler for the IsTiltEnabled dependency property.
-
- The element that the property is atteched to.
- Event arguments.
-
- Adds or removes event handlers from the element that has been
- (un)registered for tilting.
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationStarted.
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilt
- container (eg, entire page).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationDelta
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilting
- object (eg a button).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Event handler for ManipulationCompleted.
-
- sender of the event - this will be the tilting
- object (eg a button).
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Checks if the manipulation should cause a tilt, and if so starts the
- tilt effect.
-
- The source of the manipulation (the tilt
- container, eg entire page).
- The args from the ManipulationStarted event.
-
-
-
- Computes the delta between the centre of an element and its
- container.
-
- The element to compare.
- The element to compare against.
- A point that represents the delta between the two centers.
-
-
-
- Begins the tilt effect by preparing the control and doing the
- initial animation.
-
- The element to tilt.
- The touch point, in element coordinates.
- The center point of the element in element
- coordinates.
- The delta between the
- 's center and the container's center.
-
-
-
- Prepares a control to be tilted by setting up a plane projection and
- some event handlers.
-
- The control that is to be tilted.
- Delta between the element's center and the
- tilt container's.
- true if successful; false otherwise.
-
- This method is conservative; it will fail any attempt to tilt a
- control that already has a projection on it.
-
-
-
-
- Removes modifications made by PrepareControlForTilt.
-
- THe control to be un-prepared.
-
- This method is basic; it does not do anything to detect if the
- control being un-prepared was previously prepared.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the tilt return storyboard (if not already created) and
- targets it to the projection.
-
- The framework element to prepare for
- projection.
-
-
-
- Continues a tilt effect that is currently applied to an element,
- presumably because the user moved their finger.
-
- The element being tilted.
- The manipulation event args.
-
-
-
- Ends the tilt effect by playing the animation.
-
- The element being tilted.
-
-
-
- Handler for the storyboard complete event.
-
- sender of the event.
- event args.
-
-
-
- Resets the tilt effect on the control, making it appear 'normal'
- again.
-
- The element to reset the tilt on.
-
- This method doesn't turn off the tilt effect or cancel any current
- manipulation; it just temporarily cancels the effect.
-
-
-
-
- Stops the tilt effect and release resources applied to the currently
- tilted control.
-
-
-
-
- Pauses the tilt effect so that the control returns to the 'at rest'
- position, but doesn't stop the tilt effect (handlers are still
- attached).
-
-
-
-
- Resets the storyboard to not running.
-
-
-
-
- Applies the tilt effect to the control.
-
- the control to tilt.
- The touch point, in the container's
- coordinates.
- The center point of the container.
-
-
-
- Whether to use a slightly more accurate (but slightly slower) tilt
- animation easing function.
-
-
-
-
- Default list of items that are tiltable.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an easing function for the tilt return.
-
-
-
-
- Computes the easing function.
-
- The time.
- The eased value.
-
-
-
- Couple of simple helpers for walking the visual tree.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ancestors of the element, up to the root.
-
- The element to start from.
- An enumerator of the ancestors.
-
-
-
- Gets the visual parent of the element.
-
- The element to check.
- The visual parent.
-
-
-
- Converts bool? values to "Off" and "On" strings.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a value.
-
- The value produced by the binding source.
- The type of the binding target property.
- The converter parameter to use.
- The culture to use in the converter.
- A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.
-
-
-
- Converts a value.
-
- The value produced by the binding source.
- The type of the binding target property.
- The converter parameter to use.
- The culture to use in the converter.
- A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used.
-
-
-
- Represents a switch that can be toggled between two states.
-
-
-
-
- Common visual states.
-
-
-
-
- Normal visual state.
-
-
-
-
- Disabled visual state.
-
-
-
-
- The ToggleButton that drives this.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the Header DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the HeaderTemplate DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the SwitchForeground DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the IsChecked DependencyProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Invoked when the IsChecked DependencyProperty is changed.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- The
-
- template part.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the content was set.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the ToggleSwitch class.
-
-
-
-
- Makes the content an "Off" or "On" string to match the state.
-
-
-
-
- Change the visual state.
-
- Indicates whether to use animation transitions.
-
-
-
- Makes the content an "Off" or "On" string to match the state if the content is set to null in the design tool.
-
- The old content.
- The new content.
-
-
-
- Gets all the template parts and initializes the corresponding state.
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- event.
-
- The event sender.
- The event information.
-
-
-
- Returns a
-
- that represents the current
-
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the template used to display the control's header.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the switch foreground.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the ToggleSwitch is checked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is checked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is unchecked.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is indeterminate.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- is clicked.
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
- resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid FilterMode enumeration value. The value must be one of the defined AutoCompleteFilterMode values to be accepted..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid maximum drop down height value '{0}'. The value must be greater than or equal to zero..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid MinimumPopulateDelay value '{0}'. The value must be greater than or equal to zero..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot set read-only property SearchText..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid type. Argument must be of the type System.DateTime..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid operation. The IsExpanded property cannot be modified when IsNonExpandable is set to true..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid argument. The number of months should be greater than 1 and less than 12..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid argument. The number of time units should be greater than 1..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to SelectedIndex must always be set to a valid value..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to SelectedItem must always be set to a valid value..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid argument. Future dates and times are not supported..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Off.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to On.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to The RoutedPropertyChangingEvent cannot be canceled!.
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' is unable to convert '{1}' to '{2}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' cannot convert from '{1}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to The type was unexpected..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid length value '{0}'..
-
-
-
-
- Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Orientation value '{0}'..
-
-
-
-
- Has navigation-in
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- Has
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the backward
- .
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the forward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Triggers .
-
-
-
-
- Triggers .
-
-
-
-
- The navigation transition will begin.
-
-
-
-
- The navigation transition has ended.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the backward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the forward
- .
-
-
-
-
- Has navigation-out
- s
- for the designer experiences.
-
-
-
-
- Enables navigation transitions for
- s.
-
-
-
-
- The new
-
- template part name.
-
-
-
-
- The old
-
- template part name.
-
-
-
-
- A single shared instance for setting BitmapCache on a visual.
-
-
-
-
- The first .
-
-
-
-
- The second .
-
-
-
-
- The new .
-
-
-
-
- The old .
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether a navigation is forward.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether to set the new content to the first or second
- .
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether the old transition has completed and the
- new transition can begin.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether the new content has been loaded and the
- new transition can begin.
-
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether the exit transition is currently being performed.
-
-
-
-
- The transition to use to move in new content once the old transition
- is complete and ready for movement.
-
-
-
-
- The stored NavigationIn transition instance to use once the old
- transition is complete and ready for movement.
-
-
-
-
- The transition to use to complete the old transition.
-
-
-
-
- The stored NavigationOut transition instance.
-
-
-
-
- Initialzies a new instance of the TransitionFrame class.
-
-
-
-
- Flips the logical content presenters to prepare for the next visual
- transition.
-
-
-
-
- Handles the Navigating event of the frame, the immediate way to
- begin a transition out before the new page has loaded or had its
- layout pass.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Handles the completion of the exit transition, automatically
- continuing to bring in the new element's transition as well if it is
- ready.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application
- code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call
- .
- In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI
- element displays in an application.
-
-
-
-
- Called when the value of the
-
- property changes.
-
- The old .
- The new .
-
-
-
- Handles the BackKeyPress to stop the animation and go back.
-
- The source object.
- The event arguments.
-
-
-
- Transitions the new .
-
- The
- for the new .
- The
- for the new .
-
-
-
- This checks to make sure that, if the transition not be in the clock
- state of Stopped, that is will be stopped.
-
- The transition instance.
-
-
-
- Performs a transition when given the appropriate components,
- includes calling the appropriate start event and ensuring opacity
- on the content presenter.
-
- The navigation transition.
- The content presenter.
- The transition instance.
-
-
-
- Completes a transition operation by stopping it, restoring
- interactivity, and then firing the OnEndTransition event.
-
- The navigation transition.
- The content presenter.
- The transition instance.
-
-
-
- Updates the content presenter for off-thread compositing for the
- transition animation. Also disables interactivity on it to prevent
- accidental touches.
-
- The content presenter instance.
- A value indicating whether to apply
- a bitmap cache.
-
-
-
- Restores the interactivity for the presenter post-animation, also
- removes the BitmapCache value.
-
- The content presenter instance.
-
-
-
- Controls the behavior of transitions.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current time of the
- .
-
- The current time.
-
-
-
- Pauses the animation clock associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Resumes the animation clock, or run-time state, associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Moves the
-
- to the specified animation position. The
-
- performs the requested seek when the next clock tick occurs.
-
- The specified animation position.
-
-
-
- Moves the
-
- to the specified animation position immediately (synchronously).
-
- The specified animation position
-
-
-
- Advances the current time of the
- 's
- clock to the end of its active period.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates the set of animations associated with the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Stops the .
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the
-
- has completed playing.
-
-
-
-
- Provides roll s.
-
-
-
-
- Transition factory for a particular transition family.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Existing
-
- or
-
- values may be saved and cleared before the start of the transition, then restored it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Mirrors the
-
- interface to control an
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and restores the
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The original
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The original
-
- of the
- .
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a
-
- for a
-
- and a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Restores the settings for the transition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Restores the saved
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Saves the
-
- and
-
- values for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
- The time offset.
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
- The time offset.
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Mirrors .
-
-
-
-
- Provides attached properties for navigation
- s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the in s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the in s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- s
- of
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- s
- of
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Sets a
-
- to
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- Sets a
- s
- to
-
- for a
- .
-
- The .
- The .
- The
-
-
-
- The rotate transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 90 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 90 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 180 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate in 180 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 90 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 90 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 180 degrees clockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The rotate out 180 degrees counterclockwise transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides rotate s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The slide transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The slide up, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide up, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide down, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide down, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide left, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide left, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide right, fade in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The slide right, fade out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides swivel s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- The swivel transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel full screen in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel full screen out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel forward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel forward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel backward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The swivel backward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- Provides slide s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Provides turnstile s.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- for a
- .
- Saves and clears the existing
-
- value before the start of the transition, then restores it after it is stopped or completed.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Provides
- s
- for transition families and modes.
-
-
-
-
- The cached XAML read from the Storyboard resources.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- for a transition family, transition mode, and
- .
-
- The type of the transition mode.
- The .
- The transition family.
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- for a particular transition family and transition mode.
-
- The transition family and transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the roll transition.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the rotate transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the slide transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the swivel transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- for a
-
- for the turnstile transition family.
-
- The .
- The transition mode.
- The .
-
-
-
- The turnstile transition modes.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile forward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile forward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile backward in transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The turnstile backward out transition mode.
-
-
-
-
- The OrientedSize structure is used to abstract the growth direction from
- the layout algorithms of WrapPanel. When the growth direction is
- oriented horizontally (ex: the next element is arranged on the side of
- the previous element), then the Width grows directly with the placement
- of elements and Height grows indirectly with the size of the largest
- element in the row. When the orientation is reversed, so is the
- directional growth with respect to Width and Height.
-
-
-
-
- The orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
-
- The size dimension that grows directly with layout placement.
-
-
-
-
- The size dimension that grows indirectly with the maximum value of
- the layout row or column.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new OrientedSize structure.
-
- Orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new OrientedSize structure.
-
- Orientation of the structure.
- Un-oriented width of the structure.
- Un-oriented height of the structure.
-
-
-
- Gets the orientation of the structure.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size dimension that grows directly with layout
- placement.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size dimension that grows indirectly with the
- maximum value of the layout row or column.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the size.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the size.
-
-
-
-
- Positions child elements sequentially from left to right or top to
- bottom. When elements extend beyond the panel edge, elements are
- positioned in the next row or column.
-
- Stable
-
-
-
- A value indicating whether a dependency property change handler
- should ignore the next change notification. This is used to reset
- the value of properties without performing any of the actions in
- their change handlers.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
- The identifier for the
-
- dependency property.
-
-
-
-
- OrientationProperty property changed handler.
-
- WrapPanel that changed its Orientation.
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class.
-
-
-
-
- Property changed handler for ItemHeight and ItemWidth.
-
-
- WrapPanel that changed its ItemHeight or ItemWidth.
-
- Event arguments.
-
-
-
- Measures the child elements of a
- in anticipation
- of arranging them during the
-
- pass.
-
-
- The size available to child elements of the wrap panel.
-
-
- The size required by the
- and its
- elements.
-
-
-
-
- Arranges and sizes the
- control and its
- child elements.
-
-
- The area within the parent that the
- should use
- arrange itself and its children.
-
-
- The actual size used by the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Arrange a sequence of elements in a single line.
-
-
- Index of the first element in the sequence to arrange.
-
-
- Index of the last element in the sequence to arrange.
-
-
- Optional fixed growth in the primary direction.
-
-
- Offset of the line in the indirect direction.
-
-
- Shared indirect growth of the elements on this line.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the layout area for each item that is
- contained in a .
-
-
- The height applied to the layout area of each item that is contained
- within a . The
- default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the layout area for each item that is
- contained in a .
-
-
- The width that applies to the layout area of each item that is
- contained in a .
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction in which child elements are arranged.
-
-
- One of the
- values. The default is
- .
-
-
-
-
- The lockable Pivot extends the base Pivot control with a property that
- disables navigation between Pivot items.
-
-
-
-
- Headers list element template part.
-
-
-
-
- Content element template part.
-
-
-
-
- The item container style property name.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LockablePivot type.
-
-
-
-
- Invoked when the Items property changes.
-
- Information about the change.
-
-
-
- Sets or Gets the navigation lock mode.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm b/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm
deleted file mode 100644
index 87e8d4d..0000000
Binary files a/Libraries/WP-Toolkit/2011-08/SilverlightForWindowsPhoneToolkit.chm and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/ProjectHome.md b/ProjectHome.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9e1c21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ProjectHome.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+This is the home for the RIFT Authenticator for Windows and the RIFT Authenticator for Windows Phone. It has the same features as the RIFT Authenticator for Android 1.0.5.
+
+The latest features include:
+
+ * Localization (german)
+ * Windows Installer (german and english) (Windows only)
+ * Support for multiple accounts
+ * Different storage backends (Windows only)
+ * XML files (Windows)
+ * Registry (Windows)
+ * Isolated storage (Windows and Windows Phone)
+ * Customizable secret key encryption (Source code feature for your own authenticator)
+
+You can get the RIFT Authenticator for Windows Phone from the [Windows Phone Market Place](http://windowsphone.com/s?appid=d990b9f8-7d62-41e5-81d5-af22dae11e16).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/App.config b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/App.config
deleted file mode 100644
index aa21774..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/App.config
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/CommandArgumentException.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/CommandArgumentException.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 736e6e7..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/CommandArgumentException.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
-{
- class CommandArgumentException : ApplicationException
- {
- public ICommand Command { get; private set; }
-
- public CommandArgumentException(ICommand command, string message)
- : base(message)
- {
- Command = command;
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/DeleteAccount.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/DeleteAccount.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 56bbd01..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/DeleteAccount.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class DeleteAccount : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "delete-account",
- "d",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- public DeleteAccount()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_delete_account_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- globalOptions.AccountManager.Remove(globalOptions.Account);
- globalOptions.Account = null;
- globalOptions.AccountManager.SaveAccounts();
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Help.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Help.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 091c7a7..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Help.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class Help : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "help",
- "h",
- };
- private static NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- };
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_help_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 1)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
-
- var cmdName = remainingArgs[0];
- ICommand cmd = null;
- foreach (var supportedCommand in Program.SupportedCommands)
- {
- for (int i = 0; i != supportedCommand.Commands.Length; ++i)
- {
- if (supportedCommand.Commands[i] == cmdName)
- {
- cmd = supportedCommand;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (cmd == null)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_invalid_command, cmdName));
- Program.ShowMainHelp(HelpMessageParts.GlobalOptions);
- Console.WriteLine();
- Console.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.opt_help_cmd_options, cmd.Commands[0], cmd.Description);
- cmd.OptionSet.WriteOptionDescriptions(Console.Out);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Info.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Info.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 50c8b3a..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Info.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class Info : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "info",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- public Info()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_info_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- Program.ShowConfiguration(globalOptions.Account);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Init.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Init.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 4914129..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Init.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class Init : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "init",
- "i",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- private bool forceOverwriteConfig = false;
- private string deviceId = Library.TrionServer.GetOrCreateRandomDeviceId();
-
- public Init()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- { "f|force", Resources.Strings.opt_init_opt_force, x => forceOverwriteConfig = x != null },
- { "d|device-id=", Resources.Strings.opt_init_opt_device_id, x => deviceId = x },
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_init_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- if (!globalOptions.Account.IsEmpty && !forceOverwriteConfig)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, Resources.Strings.opt_init_config_found);
- var ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginCreateSecurityKey(null, null, globalOptions.Account, deviceId);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- Library.TrionServer.EndCreateSecurityKey(ar);
- ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginGetTimeOffset(null, null);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- globalOptions.Account.TimeOffset = Library.TrionServer.EndGetTimeOffset(ar);
- globalOptions.AccountManager.SaveAccounts();
- Program.ShowConfiguration(globalOptions.Account);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/LoginToken.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/LoginToken.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 79a1e3a..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/LoginToken.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class LoginToken : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "login-token",
- "l",
- "lt",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- public LoginToken()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_login_token_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- var loginToken = globalOptions.Account.CalculateToken();
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.opt_login_token_login_token, loginToken.Token);
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.opt_login_token_remaining_time, loginToken.RemainingMillis);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/NewAccount.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/NewAccount.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 17fd82e..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/NewAccount.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class NewAccount : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "new-account",
- "n",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- private string accountName = null;
-
- public NewAccount()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- { "n|name=", Resources.Strings.opt_new_account_name, x => accountName = x },
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_new_account_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- if (!globalOptions.Account.IsEmpty || !string.IsNullOrEmpty(globalOptions.Account.Description))
- {
- globalOptions.Account = globalOptions.AccountManager.CreateAccount();
- globalOptions.AccountManager.Add(globalOptions.Account);
- }
- var newAccountName = accountName ?? string.Format(Resources.Strings.opt_new_account_default_name, globalOptions.AccountManager.IndexOf(globalOptions.Account) + 1);
- globalOptions.Account.Description = newAccountName;
- globalOptions.AccountManager.SaveAccounts();
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Recover.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Recover.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index bdb4d10..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/Recover.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class Recover : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "recover",
- "r",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- private string userName;
- private string password;
- private string deviceId = Library.TrionServer.GetOrCreateRandomDeviceId();
-
- public Recover()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- { "d|device-id=", Resources.Strings.opt_recover_opt_device_id, x => deviceId = x },
- { "u|e|email|user|user-name=", Resources.Strings.opt_recover_opt_email, x => userName = x },
- { "p|password=", Resources.Strings.opt_recover_opt_password, x => password = x },
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_recover_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(userName))
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, Resources.Strings.opt_recover_error_no_email);
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(password))
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, Resources.Strings.opt_recover_error_no_password);
- var ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginGetSecurityQuestions(null, null, userName, password);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- var securityQuestions = Library.TrionServer.EndGetSecurityQuestions(ar);
- var securityAnswers = new string[securityQuestions.Length];
- var argIndex = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i != securityQuestions.Length; ++i)
- {
- if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(securityQuestions[i]))
- {
- if (argIndex >= remainingArgs.Count)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.opt_recover_error_no_answer, i + 1, securityQuestions[i]));
- securityAnswers[i] = remainingArgs[argIndex++];
- }
- }
- if (argIndex < remainingArgs.Count)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginRecoverSecurityKey(null, null, globalOptions.Account, userName, password, securityAnswers, deviceId);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- Library.TrionServer.EndRecoverSecurityKey(ar);
- ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginGetTimeOffset(null, null);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- globalOptions.Account.TimeOffset = Library.TrionServer.EndGetTimeOffset(ar);
- globalOptions.AccountManager.SaveAccounts();
- Program.ShowConfiguration(globalOptions.Account);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/SecretQuestions.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/SecretQuestions.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0213837..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/SecretQuestions.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class SecretQuestions : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "secret-questions",
- "s",
- "sc",
- };
- private NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet;
-
- private string userName;
- private string password;
-
- public SecretQuestions()
- {
- commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- { "u|e|email|user|user-name=", Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_opt_email, x => userName = x },
- { "p|password=", Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_opt_password, x => password = x },
- };
- }
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(userName))
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_error_no_email);
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(password))
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_error_no_password);
- var ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginGetSecurityQuestions(null, null, userName, password);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- var securityQuestions = Library.TrionServer.EndGetSecurityQuestions(ar);
- for (int i = 0; i != securityQuestions.Length; ++i)
- {
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.opt_secret_questions_display, i + 1, securityQuestions[i]);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/TimeSync.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/TimeSync.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0742bc3..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Commands/TimeSync.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Commands
-{
- class TimeSync : ICommand
- {
- private static string[] commands = new string[] {
- "time-sync",
- "t",
- "ts",
- };
- private static NDesk.Options.OptionSet commandOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- };
-
- public string[] Commands
- {
- get { return commands; }
- }
-
- public string Description
- {
- get { return Resources.Strings.opt_time_sync_description; }
- }
-
- public NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet
- {
- get
- {
- return commandOptionSet;
- }
- }
-
- public void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args)
- {
- var remainingArgs = OptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (remainingArgs.Count != 0)
- throw new CommandArgumentException(this, string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_unknown_args, string.Join(" ", remainingArgs.ToArray())));
- var ar = Library.TrionServer.BeginGetTimeOffset(null, null);
- ar.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne();
- globalOptions.Account.TimeOffset = Library.TrionServer.EndGetTimeOffset(ar);
- globalOptions.AccountManager.SaveAccounts();
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.opt_time_sync_display, globalOptions.Account.TimeOffset);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/GlobalOptions.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/GlobalOptions.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index d11681e..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/GlobalOptions.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
-{
- class GlobalOptions
- {
- private RiftAuthenticator.Library.IAccountManager _accountManager;
-
- public GlobalOptions()
- {
- var appSettings = System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.AppSettings;
- PlatformId = appSettings["default-platform"];
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(PlatformId))
- PlatformId = "windows";
- AccountManagerId = appSettings["default-account-manager"];
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(AccountManagerId))
- AccountManagerId = "registry";
- AccountId = appSettings["default-account"];
- }
-
- public bool ShowHelp { get; set; }
- public int VerboseLevel { get; set; }
-
- public string PlatformId { get; set; }
- public string AccountManagerId { get; set; }
- public string AccountId { get; set; }
-
- public RiftAuthenticator.Library.IAccountManager AccountManager
- {
- get
- {
- return _accountManager;
- }
- set
- {
- _accountManager = value;
- AccountManager.LoadAccounts();
- if (AccountManager.Count == 0)
- AccountManager.Add(AccountManager.CreateAccount());
- Account = AccountManager[0];
- }
- }
- public RiftAuthenticator.Library.IAccount Account { get; set; }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/HelpMessageParts.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/HelpMessageParts.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 28cae25..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/HelpMessageParts.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
-{
- [Flags]
- enum HelpMessageParts
- {
- None = 0x00,
- GlobalOptions = 0x01,
- CommandList = 0x02,
- All = 0x0F,
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/ICommand.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/ICommand.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 32e163b..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/ICommand.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
-{
- interface ICommand
- {
- string[] Commands { get; }
- string Description { get; }
- NDesk.Options.OptionSet OptionSet { get; }
- void Execute(GlobalOptions globalOptions, string[] args);
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Options.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Options.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a43b19..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Options.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1103 +0,0 @@
-//
-// Options.cs
-//
-// Authors:
-// Jonathan Pryor
-//
-// Copyright (C) 2008 Novell (http://www.novell.com)
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-// a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-// "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-// permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-// the following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-// included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-// NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-// OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-// WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-
-// Compile With:
-// gmcs -debug+ -r:System.Core Options.cs -o:NDesk.Options.dll
-// gmcs -debug+ -d:LINQ -r:System.Core Options.cs -o:NDesk.Options.dll
-//
-// The LINQ version just changes the implementation of
-// OptionSet.Parse(IEnumerable), and confers no semantic changes.
-
-//
-// A Getopt::Long-inspired option parsing library for C#.
-//
-// NDesk.Options.OptionSet is built upon a key/value table, where the
-// key is a option format string and the value is a delegate that is
-// invoked when the format string is matched.
-//
-// Option format strings:
-// Regex-like BNF Grammar:
-// name: .+
-// type: [=:]
-// sep: ( [^{}]+ | '{' .+ '}' )?
-// aliases: ( name type sep ) ( '|' name type sep )*
-//
-// Each '|'-delimited name is an alias for the associated action. If the
-// format string ends in a '=', it has a required value. If the format
-// string ends in a ':', it has an optional value. If neither '=' or ':'
-// is present, no value is supported. `=' or `:' need only be defined on one
-// alias, but if they are provided on more than one they must be consistent.
-//
-// Each alias portion may also end with a "key/value separator", which is used
-// to split option values if the option accepts > 1 value. If not specified,
-// it defaults to '=' and ':'. If specified, it can be any character except
-// '{' and '}' OR the *string* between '{' and '}'. If no separator should be
-// used (i.e. the separate values should be distinct arguments), then "{}"
-// should be used as the separator.
-//
-// Options are extracted either from the current option by looking for
-// the option name followed by an '=' or ':', or is taken from the
-// following option IFF:
-// - The current option does not contain a '=' or a ':'
-// - The current option requires a value (i.e. not a Option type of ':')
-//
-// The `name' used in the option format string does NOT include any leading
-// option indicator, such as '-', '--', or '/'. All three of these are
-// permitted/required on any named option.
-//
-// Option bundling is permitted so long as:
-// - '-' is used to start the option group
-// - all of the bundled options are a single character
-// - at most one of the bundled options accepts a value, and the value
-// provided starts from the next character to the end of the string.
-//
-// This allows specifying '-a -b -c' as '-abc', and specifying '-D name=value'
-// as '-Dname=value'.
-//
-// Option processing is disabled by specifying "--". All options after "--"
-// are returned by OptionSet.Parse() unchanged and unprocessed.
-//
-// Unprocessed options are returned from OptionSet.Parse().
-//
-// Examples:
-// int verbose = 0;
-// OptionSet p = new OptionSet ()
-// .Add ("v", v => ++verbose)
-// .Add ("name=|value=", v => Console.WriteLine (v));
-// p.Parse (new string[]{"-v", "--v", "/v", "-name=A", "/name", "B", "extra"});
-//
-// The above would parse the argument string array, and would invoke the
-// lambda expression three times, setting `verbose' to 3 when complete.
-// It would also print out "A" and "B" to standard output.
-// The returned array would contain the string "extra".
-//
-// C# 3.0 collection initializers are supported and encouraged:
-// var p = new OptionSet () {
-// { "h|?|help", v => ShowHelp () },
-// };
-//
-// System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter is also supported, allowing the use of
-// custom data types in the callback type; TypeConverter.ConvertFromString()
-// is used to convert the value option to an instance of the specified
-// type:
-//
-// var p = new OptionSet () {
-// { "foo=", (Foo f) => Console.WriteLine (f.ToString ()) },
-// };
-//
-// Random other tidbits:
-// - Boolean options (those w/o '=' or ':' in the option format string)
-// are explicitly enabled if they are followed with '+', and explicitly
-// disabled if they are followed with '-':
-// string a = null;
-// var p = new OptionSet () {
-// { "a", s => a = s },
-// };
-// p.Parse (new string[]{"-a"}); // sets v != null
-// p.Parse (new string[]{"-a+"}); // sets v != null
-// p.Parse (new string[]{"-a-"}); // sets v == null
-//
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Collections.ObjectModel;
-using System.ComponentModel;
-using System.Globalization;
-using System.IO;
-using System.Runtime.Serialization;
-using System.Security.Permissions;
-using System.Text;
-using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
-
-#if LINQ
-using System.Linq;
-#endif
-
-#if TEST
-using NDesk.Options;
-#endif
-
-namespace NDesk.Options {
-
- public class OptionValueCollection : IList, IList {
-
- List values = new List ();
- OptionContext c;
-
- internal OptionValueCollection (OptionContext c)
- {
- this.c = c;
- }
-
- #region ICollection
- void ICollection.CopyTo (Array array, int index) {(values as ICollection).CopyTo (array, index);}
- bool ICollection.IsSynchronized {get {return (values as ICollection).IsSynchronized;}}
- object ICollection.SyncRoot {get {return (values as ICollection).SyncRoot;}}
- #endregion
-
- #region ICollection
- public void Add (string item) {values.Add (item);}
- public void Clear () {values.Clear ();}
- public bool Contains (string item) {return values.Contains (item);}
- public void CopyTo (string[] array, int arrayIndex) {values.CopyTo (array, arrayIndex);}
- public bool Remove (string item) {return values.Remove (item);}
- public int Count {get {return values.Count;}}
- public bool IsReadOnly {get {return false;}}
- #endregion
-
- #region IEnumerable
- IEnumerator IEnumerable.GetEnumerator () {return values.GetEnumerator ();}
- #endregion
-
- #region IEnumerable
- public IEnumerator GetEnumerator () {return values.GetEnumerator ();}
- #endregion
-
- #region IList
- int IList.Add (object value) {return (values as IList).Add (value);}
- bool IList.Contains (object value) {return (values as IList).Contains (value);}
- int IList.IndexOf (object value) {return (values as IList).IndexOf (value);}
- void IList.Insert (int index, object value) {(values as IList).Insert (index, value);}
- void IList.Remove (object value) {(values as IList).Remove (value);}
- void IList.RemoveAt (int index) {(values as IList).RemoveAt (index);}
- bool IList.IsFixedSize {get {return false;}}
- object IList.this [int index] {get {return this [index];} set {(values as IList)[index] = value;}}
- #endregion
-
- #region IList
- public int IndexOf (string item) {return values.IndexOf (item);}
- public void Insert (int index, string item) {values.Insert (index, item);}
- public void RemoveAt (int index) {values.RemoveAt (index);}
-
- private void AssertValid (int index)
- {
- if (c.Option == null)
- throw new InvalidOperationException ("OptionContext.Option is null.");
- if (index >= c.Option.MaxValueCount)
- throw new ArgumentOutOfRangeException ("index");
- if (c.Option.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Required &&
- index >= values.Count)
- throw new OptionException (string.Format (
- c.OptionSet.MessageLocalizer ("Missing required value for option '{0}'."), c.OptionName),
- c.OptionName);
- }
-
- public string this [int index] {
- get {
- AssertValid (index);
- return index >= values.Count ? null : values [index];
- }
- set {
- values [index] = value;
- }
- }
- #endregion
-
- public List ToList ()
- {
- return new List (values);
- }
-
- public string[] ToArray ()
- {
- return values.ToArray ();
- }
-
- public override string ToString ()
- {
- return string.Join (", ", values.ToArray ());
- }
- }
-
- public class OptionContext {
- private Option option;
- private string name;
- private int index;
- private OptionSet set;
- private OptionValueCollection c;
-
- public OptionContext (OptionSet set)
- {
- this.set = set;
- this.c = new OptionValueCollection (this);
- }
-
- public Option Option {
- get {return option;}
- set {option = value;}
- }
-
- public string OptionName {
- get {return name;}
- set {name = value;}
- }
-
- public int OptionIndex {
- get {return index;}
- set {index = value;}
- }
-
- public OptionSet OptionSet {
- get {return set;}
- }
-
- public OptionValueCollection OptionValues {
- get {return c;}
- }
- }
-
- public enum OptionValueType {
- None,
- Optional,
- Required,
- }
-
- public abstract class Option {
- string prototype, description;
- string[] names;
- OptionValueType type;
- int count;
- string[] separators;
-
- protected Option (string prototype, string description)
- : this (prototype, description, 1)
- {
- }
-
- protected Option (string prototype, string description, int maxValueCount)
- {
- if (prototype == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("prototype");
- if (prototype.Length == 0)
- throw new ArgumentException ("Cannot be the empty string.", "prototype");
- if (maxValueCount < 0)
- throw new ArgumentOutOfRangeException ("maxValueCount");
-
- this.prototype = prototype;
- this.names = prototype.Split ('|');
- this.description = description;
- this.count = maxValueCount;
- this.type = ParsePrototype ();
-
- if (this.count == 0 && type != OptionValueType.None)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- "Cannot provide maxValueCount of 0 for OptionValueType.Required or " +
- "OptionValueType.Optional.",
- "maxValueCount");
- if (this.type == OptionValueType.None && maxValueCount > 1)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Cannot provide maxValueCount of {0} for OptionValueType.None.", maxValueCount),
- "maxValueCount");
- if (Array.IndexOf (names, "<>") >= 0 &&
- ((names.Length == 1 && this.type != OptionValueType.None) ||
- (names.Length > 1 && this.MaxValueCount > 1)))
- throw new ArgumentException (
- "The default option handler '<>' cannot require values.",
- "prototype");
- }
-
- public string Prototype {get {return prototype;}}
- public string Description {get {return description;}}
- public OptionValueType OptionValueType {get {return type;}}
- public int MaxValueCount {get {return count;}}
-
- public string[] GetNames ()
- {
- return (string[]) names.Clone ();
- }
-
- public string[] GetValueSeparators ()
- {
- if (separators == null)
- return new string [0];
- return (string[]) separators.Clone ();
- }
-
- protected static T Parse (string value, OptionContext c)
- {
- TypeConverter conv = TypeDescriptor.GetConverter (typeof (T));
- T t = default (T);
- try {
- if (value != null)
- t = (T) conv.ConvertFromString (value);
- }
- catch (Exception e) {
- throw new OptionException (
- string.Format (
- c.OptionSet.MessageLocalizer ("Could not convert string `{0}' to type {1} for option `{2}'."),
- value, typeof (T).Name, c.OptionName),
- c.OptionName, e);
- }
- return t;
- }
-
- internal string[] Names {get {return names;}}
- internal string[] ValueSeparators {get {return separators;}}
-
- static readonly char[] NameTerminator = new char[]{'=', ':'};
-
- private OptionValueType ParsePrototype ()
- {
- char type = '\0';
- List seps = new List ();
- for (int i = 0; i < names.Length; ++i) {
- string name = names [i];
- if (name.Length == 0)
- throw new ArgumentException ("Empty option names are not supported.", "prototype");
-
- int end = name.IndexOfAny (NameTerminator);
- if (end == -1)
- continue;
- names [i] = name.Substring (0, end);
- if (type == '\0' || type == name [end])
- type = name [end];
- else
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Conflicting option types: '{0}' vs. '{1}'.", type, name [end]),
- "prototype");
- AddSeparators (name, end, seps);
- }
-
- if (type == '\0')
- return OptionValueType.None;
-
- if (count <= 1 && seps.Count != 0)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Cannot provide key/value separators for Options taking {0} value(s).", count),
- "prototype");
- if (count > 1) {
- if (seps.Count == 0)
- this.separators = new string[]{":", "="};
- else if (seps.Count == 1 && seps [0].Length == 0)
- this.separators = null;
- else
- this.separators = seps.ToArray ();
- }
-
- return type == '=' ? OptionValueType.Required : OptionValueType.Optional;
- }
-
- private static void AddSeparators (string name, int end, ICollection seps)
- {
- int start = -1;
- for (int i = end+1; i < name.Length; ++i) {
- switch (name [i]) {
- case '{':
- if (start != -1)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Ill-formed name/value separator found in \"{0}\".", name),
- "prototype");
- start = i+1;
- break;
- case '}':
- if (start == -1)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Ill-formed name/value separator found in \"{0}\".", name),
- "prototype");
- seps.Add (name.Substring (start, i-start));
- start = -1;
- break;
- default:
- if (start == -1)
- seps.Add (name [i].ToString ());
- break;
- }
- }
- if (start != -1)
- throw new ArgumentException (
- string.Format ("Ill-formed name/value separator found in \"{0}\".", name),
- "prototype");
- }
-
- public void Invoke (OptionContext c)
- {
- OnParseComplete (c);
- c.OptionName = null;
- c.Option = null;
- c.OptionValues.Clear ();
- }
-
- protected abstract void OnParseComplete (OptionContext c);
-
- public override string ToString ()
- {
- return Prototype;
- }
- }
-
- [Serializable]
- public class OptionException : Exception {
- private string option;
-
- public OptionException ()
- {
- }
-
- public OptionException (string message, string optionName)
- : base (message)
- {
- this.option = optionName;
- }
-
- public OptionException (string message, string optionName, Exception innerException)
- : base (message, innerException)
- {
- this.option = optionName;
- }
-
- protected OptionException (SerializationInfo info, StreamingContext context)
- : base (info, context)
- {
- this.option = info.GetString ("OptionName");
- }
-
- public string OptionName {
- get {return this.option;}
- }
-
- [SecurityPermission (SecurityAction.LinkDemand, SerializationFormatter = true)]
- public override void GetObjectData (SerializationInfo info, StreamingContext context)
- {
- base.GetObjectData (info, context);
- info.AddValue ("OptionName", option);
- }
- }
-
- public delegate void OptionAction (TKey key, TValue value);
-
- public class OptionSet : KeyedCollection
- {
- public OptionSet ()
- : this (delegate (string f) {return f;})
- {
- }
-
- public OptionSet (Converter localizer)
- {
- this.localizer = localizer;
- }
-
- Converter localizer;
-
- public Converter MessageLocalizer {
- get {return localizer;}
- }
-
- protected override string GetKeyForItem (Option item)
- {
- if (item == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("option");
- if (item.Names != null && item.Names.Length > 0)
- return item.Names [0];
- // This should never happen, as it's invalid for Option to be
- // constructed w/o any names.
- throw new InvalidOperationException ("Option has no names!");
- }
-
- [Obsolete ("Use KeyedCollection.this[string]")]
- protected Option GetOptionForName (string option)
- {
- if (option == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("option");
- try {
- return base [option];
- }
- catch (KeyNotFoundException) {
- return null;
- }
- }
-
- protected override void InsertItem (int index, Option item)
- {
- base.InsertItem (index, item);
- AddImpl (item);
- }
-
- protected override void RemoveItem (int index)
- {
- base.RemoveItem (index);
- Option p = Items [index];
- // KeyedCollection.RemoveItem() handles the 0th item
- for (int i = 1; i < p.Names.Length; ++i) {
- Dictionary.Remove (p.Names [i]);
- }
- }
-
- protected override void SetItem (int index, Option item)
- {
- base.SetItem (index, item);
- RemoveItem (index);
- AddImpl (item);
- }
-
- private void AddImpl (Option option)
- {
- if (option == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("option");
- List added = new List (option.Names.Length);
- try {
- // KeyedCollection.InsertItem/SetItem handle the 0th name.
- for (int i = 1; i < option.Names.Length; ++i) {
- Dictionary.Add (option.Names [i], option);
- added.Add (option.Names [i]);
- }
- }
- catch (Exception) {
- foreach (string name in added)
- Dictionary.Remove (name);
- throw;
- }
- }
-
- public new OptionSet Add (Option option)
- {
- base.Add (option);
- return this;
- }
-
- sealed class ActionOption : Option {
- Action action;
-
- public ActionOption (string prototype, string description, int count, Action action)
- : base (prototype, description, count)
- {
- if (action == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("action");
- this.action = action;
- }
-
- protected override void OnParseComplete (OptionContext c)
- {
- action (c.OptionValues);
- }
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, Action action)
- {
- return Add (prototype, null, action);
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, string description, Action action)
- {
- if (action == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("action");
- Option p = new ActionOption (prototype, description, 1,
- delegate (OptionValueCollection v) { action (v [0]); });
- base.Add (p);
- return this;
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, OptionAction action)
- {
- return Add (prototype, null, action);
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, string description, OptionAction action)
- {
- if (action == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("action");
- Option p = new ActionOption (prototype, description, 2,
- delegate (OptionValueCollection v) {action (v [0], v [1]);});
- base.Add (p);
- return this;
- }
-
- sealed class ActionOption : Option {
- Action action;
-
- public ActionOption (string prototype, string description, Action action)
- : base (prototype, description, 1)
- {
- if (action == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("action");
- this.action = action;
- }
-
- protected override void OnParseComplete (OptionContext c)
- {
- action (Parse (c.OptionValues [0], c));
- }
- }
-
- sealed class ActionOption : Option {
- OptionAction action;
-
- public ActionOption (string prototype, string description, OptionAction action)
- : base (prototype, description, 2)
- {
- if (action == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("action");
- this.action = action;
- }
-
- protected override void OnParseComplete (OptionContext c)
- {
- action (
- Parse (c.OptionValues [0], c),
- Parse (c.OptionValues [1], c));
- }
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, Action action)
- {
- return Add (prototype, null, action);
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, string description, Action action)
- {
- return Add (new ActionOption (prototype, description, action));
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, OptionAction action)
- {
- return Add (prototype, null, action);
- }
-
- public OptionSet Add (string prototype, string description, OptionAction action)
- {
- return Add (new ActionOption (prototype, description, action));
- }
-
- protected virtual OptionContext CreateOptionContext ()
- {
- return new OptionContext (this);
- }
-
-#if LINQ
- public List Parse (IEnumerable arguments)
- {
- bool process = true;
- OptionContext c = CreateOptionContext ();
- c.OptionIndex = -1;
- var def = GetOptionForName ("<>");
- var unprocessed =
- from argument in arguments
- where ++c.OptionIndex >= 0 && (process || def != null)
- ? process
- ? argument == "--"
- ? (process = false)
- : !Parse (argument, c)
- ? def != null
- ? Unprocessed (null, def, c, argument)
- : true
- : false
- : def != null
- ? Unprocessed (null, def, c, argument)
- : true
- : true
- select argument;
- List r = unprocessed.ToList ();
- if (c.Option != null)
- c.Option.Invoke (c);
- return r;
- }
-#else
- public List Parse (IEnumerable arguments)
- {
- OptionContext c = CreateOptionContext ();
- c.OptionIndex = -1;
- bool process = true;
- List unprocessed = new List ();
- Option def = Contains ("<>") ? this ["<>"] : null;
- foreach (string argument in arguments) {
- ++c.OptionIndex;
- if (argument == "--") {
- process = false;
- continue;
- }
- if (!process) {
- Unprocessed (unprocessed, def, c, argument);
- continue;
- }
- if (!Parse (argument, c))
- Unprocessed (unprocessed, def, c, argument);
- }
- if (c.Option != null)
- c.Option.Invoke (c);
- return unprocessed;
- }
-#endif
-
- private static bool Unprocessed (ICollection extra, Option def, OptionContext c, string argument)
- {
- if (def == null) {
- extra.Add (argument);
- return false;
- }
- c.OptionValues.Add (argument);
- c.Option = def;
- c.Option.Invoke (c);
- return false;
- }
-
- private readonly Regex ValueOption = new Regex (
- @"^(?--|-|/)(?[^:=]+)((?[:=])(?.*))?$");
-
- protected bool GetOptionParts (string argument, out string flag, out string name, out string sep, out string value)
- {
- if (argument == null)
- throw new ArgumentNullException ("argument");
-
- flag = name = sep = value = null;
- Match m = ValueOption.Match (argument);
- if (!m.Success) {
- return false;
- }
- flag = m.Groups ["flag"].Value;
- name = m.Groups ["name"].Value;
- if (m.Groups ["sep"].Success && m.Groups ["value"].Success) {
- sep = m.Groups ["sep"].Value;
- value = m.Groups ["value"].Value;
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- protected virtual bool Parse (string argument, OptionContext c)
- {
- if (c.Option != null) {
- ParseValue (argument, c);
- return true;
- }
-
- string f, n, s, v;
- if (!GetOptionParts (argument, out f, out n, out s, out v))
- return false;
-
- Option p;
- if (Contains (n)) {
- p = this [n];
- c.OptionName = f + n;
- c.Option = p;
- switch (p.OptionValueType) {
- case OptionValueType.None:
- c.OptionValues.Add (n);
- c.Option.Invoke (c);
- break;
- case OptionValueType.Optional:
- case OptionValueType.Required:
- ParseValue (v, c);
- break;
- }
- return true;
- }
- // no match; is it a bool option?
- if (ParseBool (argument, n, c))
- return true;
- // is it a bundled option?
- if (ParseBundledValue (f, string.Concat (n + s + v), c))
- return true;
-
- return false;
- }
-
- private void ParseValue (string option, OptionContext c)
- {
- if (option != null)
- foreach (string o in c.Option.ValueSeparators != null
- ? option.Split (c.Option.ValueSeparators, StringSplitOptions.None)
- : new string[]{option}) {
- c.OptionValues.Add (o);
- }
- if (c.OptionValues.Count == c.Option.MaxValueCount ||
- c.Option.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Optional)
- c.Option.Invoke (c);
- else if (c.OptionValues.Count > c.Option.MaxValueCount) {
- throw new OptionException (localizer (string.Format (
- "Error: Found {0} option values when expecting {1}.",
- c.OptionValues.Count, c.Option.MaxValueCount)),
- c.OptionName);
- }
- }
-
- private bool ParseBool (string option, string n, OptionContext c)
- {
- Option p;
- string rn;
- if (n.Length >= 1 && (n [n.Length-1] == '+' || n [n.Length-1] == '-') &&
- Contains ((rn = n.Substring (0, n.Length-1)))) {
- p = this [rn];
- string v = n [n.Length-1] == '+' ? option : null;
- c.OptionName = option;
- c.Option = p;
- c.OptionValues.Add (v);
- p.Invoke (c);
- return true;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- private bool ParseBundledValue (string f, string n, OptionContext c)
- {
- if (f != "-")
- return false;
- for (int i = 0; i < n.Length; ++i) {
- Option p;
- string opt = f + n [i].ToString ();
- string rn = n [i].ToString ();
- if (!Contains (rn)) {
- if (i == 0)
- return false;
- throw new OptionException (string.Format (localizer (
- "Cannot bundle unregistered option '{0}'."), opt), opt);
- }
- p = this [rn];
- switch (p.OptionValueType) {
- case OptionValueType.None:
- Invoke (c, opt, n, p);
- break;
- case OptionValueType.Optional:
- case OptionValueType.Required: {
- string v = n.Substring (i+1);
- c.Option = p;
- c.OptionName = opt;
- ParseValue (v.Length != 0 ? v : null, c);
- return true;
- }
- default:
- throw new InvalidOperationException ("Unknown OptionValueType: " + p.OptionValueType);
- }
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- private static void Invoke (OptionContext c, string name, string value, Option option)
- {
- c.OptionName = name;
- c.Option = option;
- c.OptionValues.Add (value);
- option.Invoke (c);
- }
-
- private const int OptionWidth = 29;
-
- public void WriteOptionDescriptions (TextWriter o)
- {
- foreach (Option p in this) {
- int written = 0;
- if (!WriteOptionPrototype (o, p, ref written))
- continue;
-
- if (written < OptionWidth)
- o.Write (new string (' ', OptionWidth - written));
- else {
- o.WriteLine ();
- o.Write (new string (' ', OptionWidth));
- }
-
- List lines = GetLines (localizer (GetDescription (p.Description)));
- o.WriteLine (lines [0]);
- string prefix = new string (' ', OptionWidth+2);
- for (int i = 1; i < lines.Count; ++i) {
- o.Write (prefix);
- o.WriteLine (lines [i]);
- }
- }
- }
-
- bool WriteOptionPrototype (TextWriter o, Option p, ref int written)
- {
- string[] names = p.Names;
-
- int i = GetNextOptionIndex (names, 0);
- if (i == names.Length)
- return false;
-
- if (names [i].Length == 1) {
- Write (o, ref written, " -");
- Write (o, ref written, names [0]);
- }
- else {
- Write (o, ref written, " --");
- Write (o, ref written, names [0]);
- }
-
- for ( i = GetNextOptionIndex (names, i+1);
- i < names.Length; i = GetNextOptionIndex (names, i+1)) {
- Write (o, ref written, ", ");
- Write (o, ref written, names [i].Length == 1 ? "-" : "--");
- Write (o, ref written, names [i]);
- }
-
- if (p.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Optional ||
- p.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Required) {
- if (p.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Optional) {
- Write (o, ref written, localizer ("["));
- }
- Write (o, ref written, localizer ("=" + GetArgumentName (0, p.MaxValueCount, p.Description)));
- string sep = p.ValueSeparators != null && p.ValueSeparators.Length > 0
- ? p.ValueSeparators [0]
- : " ";
- for (int c = 1; c < p.MaxValueCount; ++c) {
- Write (o, ref written, localizer (sep + GetArgumentName (c, p.MaxValueCount, p.Description)));
- }
- if (p.OptionValueType == OptionValueType.Optional) {
- Write (o, ref written, localizer ("]"));
- }
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- static int GetNextOptionIndex (string[] names, int i)
- {
- while (i < names.Length && names [i] == "<>") {
- ++i;
- }
- return i;
- }
-
- static void Write (TextWriter o, ref int n, string s)
- {
- n += s.Length;
- o.Write (s);
- }
-
- private static string GetArgumentName (int index, int maxIndex, string description)
- {
- if (description == null)
- return maxIndex == 1 ? "VALUE" : "VALUE" + (index + 1);
- string[] nameStart;
- if (maxIndex == 1)
- nameStart = new string[]{"{0:", "{"};
- else
- nameStart = new string[]{"{" + index + ":"};
- for (int i = 0; i < nameStart.Length; ++i) {
- int start, j = 0;
- do {
- start = description.IndexOf (nameStart [i], j);
- } while (start >= 0 && j != 0 ? description [j++ - 1] == '{' : false);
- if (start == -1)
- continue;
- int end = description.IndexOf ("}", start);
- if (end == -1)
- continue;
- return description.Substring (start + nameStart [i].Length, end - start - nameStart [i].Length);
- }
- return maxIndex == 1 ? "VALUE" : "VALUE" + (index + 1);
- }
-
- private static string GetDescription (string description)
- {
- if (description == null)
- return string.Empty;
- StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder (description.Length);
- int start = -1;
- for (int i = 0; i < description.Length; ++i) {
- switch (description [i]) {
- case '{':
- if (i == start) {
- sb.Append ('{');
- start = -1;
- }
- else if (start < 0)
- start = i + 1;
- break;
- case '}':
- if (start < 0) {
- if ((i+1) == description.Length || description [i+1] != '}')
- throw new InvalidOperationException ("Invalid option description: " + description);
- ++i;
- sb.Append ("}");
- }
- else {
- sb.Append (description.Substring (start, i - start));
- start = -1;
- }
- break;
- case ':':
- if (start < 0)
- goto default;
- start = i + 1;
- break;
- default:
- if (start < 0)
- sb.Append (description [i]);
- break;
- }
- }
- return sb.ToString ();
- }
-
- private static List GetLines (string description)
- {
- List lines = new List ();
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty (description)) {
- lines.Add (string.Empty);
- return lines;
- }
- int length = 80 - OptionWidth - 2;
- int start = 0, end;
- do {
- end = GetLineEnd (start, length, description);
- bool cont = false;
- if (end < description.Length) {
- char c = description [end];
- if (c == '-' || (char.IsWhiteSpace (c) && c != '\n'))
- ++end;
- else if (c != '\n') {
- cont = true;
- --end;
- }
- }
- lines.Add (description.Substring (start, end - start));
- if (cont) {
- lines [lines.Count-1] += "-";
- }
- start = end;
- if (start < description.Length && description [start] == '\n')
- ++start;
- } while (end < description.Length);
- return lines;
- }
-
- private static int GetLineEnd (int start, int length, string description)
- {
- int end = Math.Min (start + length, description.Length);
- int sep = -1;
- for (int i = start; i < end; ++i) {
- switch (description [i]) {
- case ' ':
- case '\t':
- case '\v':
- case '-':
- case ',':
- case '.':
- case ';':
- sep = i;
- break;
- case '\n':
- return i;
- }
- }
- if (sep == -1 || end == description.Length)
- return end;
- return sep;
- }
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Program.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Program.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index c96f0ed..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Program.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
-{
- class Program
- {
- static GlobalOptions GlobalOptions = new GlobalOptions();
- internal static List SupportedCommands = new List()
- {
- new Commands.Help(),
- new Commands.NewAccount(),
- new Commands.DeleteAccount(),
- new Commands.Info(),
- new Commands.Init(),
- new Commands.LoginToken(),
- new Commands.SecretQuestions(),
- new Commands.Recover(),
- new Commands.TimeSync(),
- };
-
- static NDesk.Options.OptionSet GlobalOptionSet = new NDesk.Options.OptionSet
- {
- { "h|help", Resources.Strings.opt_global_help, x => GlobalOptions.ShowHelp = x != null },
- { "v|verbose", Resources.Strings.opt_global_verbose, x => GlobalOptions.VerboseLevel += (x==null ? -1 : 1) },
- { "m|manager|account-manager=", Resources.Strings.opt_global_account_manager, x => GlobalOptions.AccountManagerId = x },
- { "a|account=", Resources.Strings.opt_global_account, x => GlobalOptions.AccountId = x },
- { "platform=", Resources.Strings.opt_global_platform, x => GlobalOptions.AccountId = x },
- };
-
- static int Main(string[] args)
- {
- System.Net.ServicePointManager.ServerCertificateValidationCallback = Library.TrionServer.CertificateIsValid;
- try
- {
- var unknownArgs = GlobalOptionSet.Parse(args);
- if (unknownArgs.Count == 0)
- GlobalOptions.ShowHelp = true;
- if (GlobalOptions.ShowHelp)
- {
- ShowMainHelp(HelpMessageParts.All);
- }
- else
- {
- if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(GlobalOptions.PlatformId))
- SelectPlatform(GlobalOptions.PlatformId);
- if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(GlobalOptions.AccountManagerId))
- SelectAccountManager(GlobalOptions.AccountManagerId);
- if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(GlobalOptions.AccountId))
- SelectAccount(GlobalOptions.AccountId);
- ProcessCommand(unknownArgs);
- }
- }
- catch (CommandArgumentException ex)
- {
- ShowMainHelp(HelpMessageParts.None);
- Console.Error.WriteLine(ex.Message);
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- Console.Error.WriteLine(ex.ToString());
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
- private static void SelectPlatform(string platformId)
- {
- Library.TrionServer.Platform = Library.PlatformBase.LoadPlatform(platformId);
- }
-
- static void SelectAccount(string accountId)
- {
- GlobalOptions.Account = GlobalOptions.AccountManager.FindAccount(accountId);
- }
-
- static void SelectAccountManager(string accountManagerId)
- {
- GlobalOptions.AccountManager = Library.AccountManagerBase.LoadAccountManager(accountManagerId);
- }
-
- private static void ProcessCommand(List args)
- {
- string cmdName = null;
- for (int i = 0; i != args.Count; ++i)
- {
- var arg = args[i];
- if (!arg.StartsWith("-") && !arg.StartsWith("/"))
- {
- cmdName = arg;
- args.RemoveAt(i);
- break;
- }
- }
- if (cmdName == null)
- throw new ApplicationException(Resources.Strings.app_no_command);
- ICommand cmd = null;
- foreach (var supportedCommand in SupportedCommands)
- {
- for (int i = 0; i != supportedCommand.Commands.Length; ++i)
- {
- if (supportedCommand.Commands[i] == cmdName)
- {
- cmd = supportedCommand;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (cmd == null)
- throw new ApplicationException(string.Format(Resources.Strings.app_invalid_command, cmdName));
- cmd.Execute(GlobalOptions, args.ToArray());
- }
-
- internal static void ShowMainHelp(HelpMessageParts parts)
- {
- var asm = System.Reflection.Assembly.GetEntryAssembly();
- var appName = System.IO.Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(asm.Location);
- Console.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_command_line, appName);
- if ((parts & HelpMessageParts.GlobalOptions) != HelpMessageParts.None)
- {
- Console.WriteLine();
- Console.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_opt_global);
- GlobalOptionSet.WriteOptionDescriptions(Console.Out);
- }
- if ((parts & HelpMessageParts.CommandList) != HelpMessageParts.None)
- {
- Console.WriteLine();
- Console.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_commands);
- foreach (var cmd in SupportedCommands)
- Console.WriteLine("{0,-20}\t{1}", cmd.Commands[0], cmd.Description);
- }
- }
-
- internal static void ShowConfiguration(Library.IAccount account)
- {
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_account_n_of_m, GlobalOptions.AccountManager.IndexOf(account) + 1, GlobalOptions.AccountManager.Count);
- if (account.IsEmpty && string.IsNullOrEmpty(account.Description))
- {
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_no_config);
- }
- else
- {
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_info_description, account.Description);
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_info_device_id, account.DeviceId);
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_info_serial_key, account.FormattedSerialKey);
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_info_encrypted_secret_key, Library.TrionServer.SecretKeyEncryption.Encrypt(account, account.SecretKey));
- Console.Out.WriteLine(Resources.Strings.app_info_time_offset, account.TimeOffset);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 25bdae6..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-
-// Allgemeine Informationen über eine Assembly werden über die folgenden
-// Attribute gesteuert. Ändern Sie diese Attributwerte, um die Informationen zu ändern,
-// die mit einer Assembly verknüpft sind.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("RiftAuthenticator.Console")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows Project")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("RiftAuthenticator.Console")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © RIFT™ Authenticator for Windows Project 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Durch Festlegen von ComVisible auf "false" werden die Typen in dieser Assembly unsichtbar
-// für COM-Komponenten. Wenn Sie auf einen Typ in dieser Assembly von
-// COM zugreifen müssen, legen Sie das ComVisible-Attribut für diesen Typ auf "true" fest.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// Die folgende GUID bestimmt die ID der Typbibliothek, wenn dieses Projekt für COM verfügbar gemacht wird
-[assembly: Guid("97828ede-cd82-4670-8827-8d506848c211")]
-
-// Versionsinformationen für eine Assembly bestehen aus den folgenden vier Werten:
-//
-// Hauptversion
-// Nebenversion
-// Buildnummer
-// Revision
-//
-// Sie können alle Werte angeben oder die standardmäßigen Build- und Revisionsnummern
-// übernehmen, indem Sie "*" eingeben:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.1.2.0")]
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/app.manifest b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/app.manifest
deleted file mode 100644
index 71d5101..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Properties/app.manifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.Designer.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.Designer.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index b405365..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.Designer.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Dieser Code wurde von einem Tool generiert.
-// Laufzeitversion:4.0.30319.488
-//
-// Änderungen an dieser Datei können falsches Verhalten verursachen und gehen verloren, wenn
-// der Code erneut generiert wird.
-//
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Resources {
- using System;
-
-
- ///
- /// Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw.
- ///
- // Diese Klasse wurde von der StronglyTypedResourceBuilder automatisch generiert
- // -Klasse über ein Tool wie ResGen oder Visual Studio automatisch generiert.
- // Um einen Member hinzuzufügen oder zu entfernen, bearbeiten Sie die .ResX-Datei und führen dann ResGen
- // mit der /str-Option erneut aus, oder Sie erstellen Ihr VS-Projekt neu.
- [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
- [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
- [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
- internal class Strings {
-
- private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
-
- private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
-
- [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
- internal Strings() {
- }
-
- ///
- /// Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird.
- ///
- [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
- internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
- get {
- if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
- global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.Resources.Strings", typeof(Strings).Assembly);
- resourceMan = temp;
- }
- return resourceMan;
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle
- /// Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden.
- ///
- [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
- internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
- get {
- return resourceCulture;
- }
- set {
- resourceCulture = value;
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Account {0} of {1}: ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_account_n_of_m {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_account_n_of_m", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die {0} [global-options] <command-name> [command-options] ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_command_line {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_command_line", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Commands: ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_commands {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_commands", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Description: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_info_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_info_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Device ID: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_info_device_id {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_info_device_id", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Encrypted Secret Key: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_info_encrypted_secret_key {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_info_encrypted_secret_key", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Serial Key: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_info_serial_key {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_info_serial_key", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Time Offset: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_info_time_offset {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_info_time_offset", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No valid command specified: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_invalid_command {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_invalid_command", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No account with the id {0} found. ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_no_account_found {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_no_account_found", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No command name specified. ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_no_command {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_no_command", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Configuration is empty. ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_no_config {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_no_config", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Global options: ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_opt_global {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_opt_global", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Unknown arguments found: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string app_unknown_args {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("app_unknown_args", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Delete a existing account ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_delete_account_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_delete_account_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Specifiy the account to use ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_global_account {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_global_account", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Specify the account manager to use ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_global_account_manager {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_global_account_manager", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Show help ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_global_help {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_global_help", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Specify the platform to use ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_global_platform {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_global_platform", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Set verbose level ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_global_verbose {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_global_verbose", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Options for command {0} ({1}): ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_help_cmd_options {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_help_cmd_options", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Show help for a command ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_help_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_help_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Show current configuration ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_info_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_info_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die A configuration already exists, but the -f (force) option wasn't specified. ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_init_config_found {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_init_config_found", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Initialization of a new authenticator ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_init_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_init_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Manually specify a device id ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_init_opt_device_id {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_init_opt_device_id", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Force overwrite of current configuration ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_init_opt_force {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_init_opt_force", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Show current login token ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_login_token_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_login_token_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Login token: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_login_token_login_token {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_login_token_login_token", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Remaining time (ms): {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_login_token_remaining_time {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_login_token_remaining_time", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Account {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_new_account_default_name {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_new_account_default_name", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Create a new account ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_new_account_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_new_account_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Name of the new account ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_new_account_name {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_new_account_name", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Recover the authenticators configuration ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No answer for security question {0} ({1}) given ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_error_no_answer {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_error_no_answer", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No email address (user name) for login specified ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_error_no_email {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_error_no_email", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No password for login specified ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_error_no_password {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_error_no_password", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Manually specify a device id ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_opt_device_id {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_opt_device_id", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Email address used for login ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_opt_email {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_opt_email", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Password used for login ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_recover_opt_password {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_recover_opt_password", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Show the users secret question(s) ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Security question {0}: {1} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_display {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_display", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No email address (user name) for login specified ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_error_no_email {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_error_no_email", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die No password for login specified ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_error_no_password {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_error_no_password", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Email address used for login ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_opt_email {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_opt_email", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Password used for login ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_secret_questions_opt_password {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_secret_questions_opt_password", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die Time synchronization with TRION's login server ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_time_sync_description {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_time_sync_description", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Sucht eine lokalisierte Zeichenfolge, die New time offset: {0} ähnelt.
- ///
- internal static string opt_time_sync_display {
- get {
- return ResourceManager.GetString("opt_time_sync_display", resourceCulture);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.de.resx b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.de.resx
deleted file mode 100644
index e4a3b43..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.de.resx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- text/microsoft-resx
-
-
- 2.0
-
-
- System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
-
- System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
-
- Befehle:
-
-
- {0} [globale-einstellungen] <befehl> [befehl-einstellungen]
-
-
- Geräte-ID: {0}
-
-
- Verschlüsselter geheimer Schlüssel: {0}
-
-
- Seriennummer: {0}
-
-
- Zeitabweichung: {0}
-
-
- Keinen gültigen Befehl angegeben: {0}
-
-
- Keinen Befehl angegeben.
-
-
- Keine Einstellungen gefunden.
-
-
- Globale Einstellungen:
-
-
- Unbekannte Argumente: {0}
-
-
- Zeige Hilfe-Text
-
-
- Setze den Detailgrad der Programm-Meldungen
-
-
- Optionen für den Befehl {0} ({1}):
-
-
- Zeige die Hilfe für einen Befehl
-
-
- Zeige die aktuellen Einstellungen
-
-
- Es existiert bereits eine Einstellung aber die Einstellung -f (Erzwingen) war nicht angegeben.
-
-
- Initialisierung eines neuen Authentifikators
-
-
- Manuelle Angabe einer Geräte-ID
-
-
- Erzwinge das Überschreiben der aktuellen Einstellungen
-
-
- Zeige die aktuelle Authentifikator-PIN für die RIFT™-Anmeldung
-
-
- Authentifikator-PIN: {0}
-
-
- Verbleibende Zeit (ms): {0}
-
-
- Wiederherstellung der Authentifikator-Einstellungen
-
-
- Es wurde keine Antwort für die Sicherheitsabfrage {0} ({1}) angegeben.
-
-
- Es wurde keine Email-Adresse für die Anmeldung angegeben.
-
-
- Es wurde kein Passwort für die Anmeldung angegeben.
-
-
- Manuelle Angabe einer Geräte-ID
-
-
- Email-Adresse für die Anmeldung
-
-
- Passwort für die Anmeldung
-
-
- Zeige die Sicherheitsabfragen
-
-
- Sicherheitsabfrage {0}: {1}
-
-
- Es wurde keine Email-Adresse für die Anmeldung angegeben.
-
-
- Es wurde kein Passwort für die Anmeldung angegeben.
-
-
- Email-Adresse für die Anmeldung
-
-
- Passwort für die Anmeldung
-
-
- Zeit-Synchronisation mit TRION's Login-Server
-
-
- Neue Zeitabweichung: {0}
-
-
- Konto {0} von {1}:
-
-
- Kein Konto mit der ID {0} gefunden.
-
-
- Löschen eines bestehenden Kontos
-
-
- Angabe des zu verwendenden Kontos
-
-
- Angabe des zu verwendenden Konto-Verwalters
-
-
- Account {0}
-
-
- Erstelle einen neuen Authentifikator für ein RIFT™-Konto
-
-
- Name des neuen Konto-Authentifikators
-
-
- Angabe der zu verwendenden Plattform
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.resx b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.resx
deleted file mode 100644
index ee38ea7..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/Resources/Strings.resx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- text/microsoft-resx
-
-
- 2.0
-
-
- System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
-
- System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
-
- Commands:
-
-
- {0} [global-options] <command-name> [command-options]
-
-
- Device ID: {0}
-
-
- Encrypted Secret Key: {0}
-
-
- Serial Key: {0}
-
-
- Time Offset: {0}
-
-
- No valid command specified: {0}
-
-
- No command name specified.
-
-
- Configuration is empty.
-
-
- Global options:
-
-
- Unknown arguments found: {0}
-
-
- Show help
-
-
- Set verbose level
-
-
- Options for command {0} ({1}):
-
-
- Show help for a command
-
-
- Show current configuration
-
-
- A configuration already exists, but the -f (force) option wasn't specified.
-
-
- Initialization of a new authenticator
-
-
- Manually specify a device id
-
-
- Force overwrite of current configuration
-
-
- Show current login token
-
-
- Login token: {0}
-
-
- Remaining time (ms): {0}
-
-
- Recover the authenticators configuration
-
-
- No answer for security question {0} ({1}) given
-
-
- No email address (user name) for login specified
-
-
- No password for login specified
-
-
- Manually specify a device id
-
-
- Email address used for login
-
-
- Password used for login
-
-
- Show the users secret question(s)
-
-
- Security question {0}: {1}
-
-
- No email address (user name) for login specified
-
-
- No password for login specified
-
-
- Email address used for login
-
-
- Password used for login
-
-
- Time synchronization with TRION's login server
-
-
- New time offset: {0}
-
-
- Account {0} of {1}:
-
-
- Description: {0}
-
-
- No account with the id {0} found.
-
-
- Delete a existing account
-
-
- Specifiy the account to use
-
-
- Specify the account manager to use
-
-
- Account {0}
-
-
- Create a new account
-
-
- Name of the new account
-
-
- Specify the platform to use
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 828bbfd..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- x86
- 8.0.30703
- 2.0
- {D601A1A4-91E2-4870-88C4-2778AC674532}
- Exe
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
- RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine
- v4.0
- Client
- 512
-
-
- true
- bin\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- full
- AnyCPU
- bin\Debug\RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.exe.CodeAnalysisLog.xml
- true
- GlobalSuppressions.cs
- prompt
- MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\\Rule Sets
- true
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\FxCop\\Rules
- true
-
-
- bin\Release\
- TRACE
- true
- pdbonly
- AnyCPU
- bin\Release\RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.exe.CodeAnalysisLog.xml
- true
- GlobalSuppressions.cs
- prompt
- MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\\Rule Sets
- false
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\FxCop\\Rules
- true
-
-
- RiftLogo.ico
-
-
- true
- bin\x86\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- full
- x86
- bin\Debug\RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.exe.CodeAnalysisLog.xml
- true
- GlobalSuppressions.cs
- prompt
- MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\\Rule Sets
- true
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\FxCop\\Rules
- true
-
-
- bin\x86\Release\
- TRACE
- true
- pdbonly
- x86
- bin\Release\RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine.exe.CodeAnalysisLog.xml
- true
- GlobalSuppressions.cs
- prompt
- MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\\Rule Sets;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\\Rule Sets
- ;C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Team Tools\Static Analysis Tools\FxCop\\Rules
- true
-
-
- LocalIntranet
-
-
- false
-
-
- Properties\app.manifest
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- True
- True
- Strings.resx
-
-
-
-
- {D463F9A5-E676-47D6-9740-D2548748EBC3}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem
-
-
- {F3EA0BAB-AF7E-4792-A5BB-5DBCA872E161}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
-
-
- {580DF75F-6D5D-409B-9F4C-64F8F9B0A9C6}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows
-
-
- {488805C2-F094-4AB2-AAF4-0A555F36095A}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry
-
-
- {E31E2621-6D52-49A9-B7D4-AC75862518D8}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ResXFileCodeGenerator
- Strings.Designer.cs
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftLogo.ico b/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftLogo.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 189d204..0000000
Binary files a/RiftAuthenticator.CommandLine/RiftLogo.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Account.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Account.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 11e7f10..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Account.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem
-{
- public class Account : RiftAuthenticator.Library.PlatformUtils.Android.AccountMapFile
- {
- internal static string GetAccountFileName(int accountIndex)
- {
- return string.Format("Account {0}.xml", accountIndex + 1);
- }
-
- internal static string GetAccountFolder()
- {
- var appSettings = System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.AppSettings;
- var result = appSettings["account-manager-fs-path"];
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(result))
- result = "default";
- switch (result)
- {
- case "default":
- case "user":
- case "user-profile":
- result = System.IO.Path.Combine(Environment.GetFolderPath(Environment.SpecialFolder.ApplicationData), "RiftAuthenticator");
- break;
- case "app":
- case "app-folder":
- case "application":
- case "application-folder":
- result = System.IO.Path.Combine(System.IO.Path.GetDirectoryName(System.Reflection.Assembly.GetEntryAssembly().Location), "Data");
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- result = Environment.ExpandEnvironmentVariables(result);
- System.IO.Directory.CreateDirectory(result);
- return result;
- }
-
- internal static string GetAccountPath(int accountIndex)
- {
- return System.IO.Path.Combine(GetAccountFolder(), GetAccountFileName(accountIndex));
- }
-
- internal static Dictionary ReadMap(string fileName)
- {
- if (System.IO.File.Exists(fileName))
- {
- using (var stream = new System.IO.FileStream(fileName, System.IO.FileMode.Open, System.IO.FileAccess.Read))
- {
- return PlatformUtils.Android.MapFile.ReadMap(stream);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- return new Dictionary();
- }
- }
-
- internal static void WriteMap(string fileName, Dictionary map)
- {
- using (var stream = new System.IO.FileStream(fileName, System.IO.FileMode.Create, System.IO.FileAccess.Write))
- {
- PlatformUtils.Android.MapFile.WriteMap(stream, map);
- }
- }
-
- protected override string GetFileName(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- return GetAccountPath(accountIndex);
- }
-
- protected override Dictionary ReadMapFile(string fileName)
- {
- return ReadMap(fileName);
- }
-
- protected override void WriteMapFile(string fileName, Dictionary map)
- {
- WriteMap(fileName, map);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/AccountManager.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/AccountManager.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a22bf..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/AccountManager.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem
-{
- public class AccountManager : Library.AccountManagerBase
- {
- private const string StoredAccountsKey = "stored_accounts";
-
- public AccountManager()
- {
- }
-
- private string GetGlobalSettingsFileName()
- {
- return System.IO.Path.Combine(Account.GetAccountFolder(), "settings.xml");
- }
-
- public override IAccount CreateAccount()
- {
- return new Account();
- }
-
- protected override int StoredAccounts
- {
- get
- {
- var configFileName = GetGlobalSettingsFileName();
- try
- {
- var map = Account.ReadMap(configFileName);
- if (!map.ContainsKey(StoredAccountsKey))
- return 0;
- return (int)map[StoredAccountsKey];
- }
- catch
- {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- set
- {
- var configFileName = GetGlobalSettingsFileName();
- Dictionary map;
- try
- {
- map = Account.ReadMap(configFileName);
- }
- catch
- {
- map = new Dictionary();
- }
- map[StoredAccountsKey] = value;
- Account.WriteMap(configFileName, map);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index f8851f3..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-
-// Allgemeine Informationen über eine Assembly werden über die folgenden
-// Attribute gesteuert. Ändern Sie diese Attributwerte, um die Informationen zu ändern,
-// die mit einer Assembly verknüpft sind.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows Project")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © RIFT™ Authenticator for Windows Project 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Durch Festlegen von ComVisible auf "false" werden die Typen in dieser Assembly unsichtbar
-// für COM-Komponenten. Wenn Sie auf einen Typ in dieser Assembly von
-// COM zugreifen müssen, legen Sie das ComVisible-Attribut für diesen Typ auf "true" fest.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// Die folgende GUID bestimmt die ID der Typbibliothek, wenn dieses Projekt für COM verfügbar gemacht wird
-[assembly: Guid("3ec4eeaa-44bd-411c-b3be-97d1245cd8f3")]
-
-// Versionsinformationen für eine Assembly bestehen aus den folgenden vier Werten:
-//
-// Hauptversion
-// Nebenversion
-// Buildnummer
-// Revision
-//
-// Sie können alle Werte angeben oder die standardmäßigen Build- und Revisionsnummern
-// übernehmen, indem Sie "*" eingeben:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.1.2.0")]
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index c0e8377..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem/RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- AnyCPU
- 8.0.30703
- 2.0
- {D463F9A5-E676-47D6-9740-D2548748EBC3}
- Library
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem
- v4.0
- 512
- Client
-
-
- true
- full
- false
- bin\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
- pdbonly
- true
- bin\Release\
- TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- {E31E2621-6D52-49A9-B7D4-AC75862518D8}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Account.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Account.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 66d0f98..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Account.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
-{
- public class Account : PlatformUtils.Android.AccountMapFile
- {
- private static System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFile CreateIsolatedStorageFile()
- {
-#if SILVERLIGHT
- return System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFile.GetUserStoreForApplication();
-#else
- return System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFile.GetUserStoreForDomain();
-#endif
- }
-
- internal static bool HasFile(System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFile storage, string fileName)
- {
- var fileNames = storage.GetFileNames();
- int foundFileNameIndex = -1;
- for (int i = 0; i != fileNames.Length; ++i)
- {
- if (fileNames[i] == fileName)
- {
- foundFileNameIndex = i;
- break;
- }
- }
- return foundFileNameIndex != -1;
- }
-
- internal static void ReadMap(string fileName, Dictionary map)
- {
- using (var storage = CreateIsolatedStorageFile())
- {
- if (HasFile(storage, fileName))
- {
- using (var stream = new System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFileStream(fileName, System.IO.FileMode.Open, System.IO.FileAccess.Read, storage))
- {
- PlatformUtils.Android.MapFile.ReadMap(stream, map);
- stream.Close();
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- internal static Dictionary ReadMap(string fileName)
- {
- var result = new Dictionary();
- ReadMap(fileName, result);
- return result;
- }
-
- internal static void WriteMap(string fileName, Dictionary map)
- {
- using (var storage = CreateIsolatedStorageFile())
- {
- using (var stream = new System.IO.IsolatedStorage.IsolatedStorageFileStream(fileName, System.IO.FileMode.Create, System.IO.FileAccess.Write, storage))
- {
- PlatformUtils.Android.MapFile.WriteMap(stream, map);
- stream.Close();
- }
- }
- }
-
- protected override Dictionary ReadMapFile(string fileName)
- {
- return ReadMap(fileName);
- }
-
- protected override void WriteMapFile(string fileName, Dictionary map)
- {
- WriteMap(fileName, map);
- }
-
- protected override string GetFileName(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- return string.Format("account_{0}.xml", accountIndex + 1);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/AccountManager.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/AccountManager.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e0c251..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/AccountManager.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
-{
- public class AccountManager : Library.AccountManagerBase
- {
- private const string StoredAccountsKey = "stored_accounts";
-
- public AccountManager()
- {
- }
-
- private string GetGlobalSettingsFileName()
- {
- return "settings.xml";
- }
-
- public override IAccount CreateAccount()
- {
- return new Account();
- }
-
- protected override int StoredAccounts
- {
- get
- {
- var configFileName = GetGlobalSettingsFileName();
- try
- {
- var map = Account.ReadMap(configFileName);
- if (!map.ContainsKey(StoredAccountsKey))
- return 0;
- return (int)map[StoredAccountsKey];
- }
- catch
- {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- set
- {
- var configFileName = GetGlobalSettingsFileName();
- Dictionary map;
- try
- {
- map = Account.ReadMap(configFileName);
- }
- catch
- {
- map = new Dictionary();
- }
- map[StoredAccountsKey] = value;
- Account.WriteMap(configFileName, map);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 5658e36..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-using System.Resources;
-
-// Allgemeine Informationen über eine Assembly werden über die folgenden
-// Attribute gesteuert. Ändern Sie diese Attributwerte, um die Informationen zu ändern,
-// die mit einer Assembly verknüpft sind.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows Project")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © RIFT™ Authenticator for Windows Project 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Durch Festlegen von ComVisible auf "false" werden die Typen in dieser Assembly unsichtbar
-// für COM-Komponenten. Wenn Sie auf einen Typ in dieser Assembly von
-// COM zugreifen müssen, legen Sie das ComVisible-Attribut für diesen Typ auf "true" fest.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// Die folgende GUID bestimmt die ID der Typbibliothek, wenn dieses Projekt für COM verfügbar gemacht wird
-[assembly: Guid("12a58a53-3151-4af4-b107-37950caa7a10")]
-
-// Versionsinformationen für eine Assembly bestehen aus den folgenden vier Werten:
-//
-// Hauptversion
-// Nebenversion
-// Buildnummer
-// Revision
-//
-// Sie können alle Werte angeben oder die standardmäßigen Build- und Revisionsnummern
-// übernehmen, indem Sie "*" eingeben:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: NeutralResourcesLanguageAttribute("en-US")]
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.WP70.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.WP70.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 81969d1..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.WP70.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- AnyCPU
- 10.0.20506
- 2.0
- {ACC8E344-534D-4CCF-9E4F-9301DDCC3D6C}
- {C089C8C0-30E0-4E22-80C0-CE093F111A43};{fae04ec0-301f-11d3-bf4b-00c04f79efbc}
- Library
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.WP70
- v4.0
- $(TargetFrameworkVersion)
- WindowsPhone
- Silverlight
- false
- true
- true
-
-
- true
- full
- false
- Bin\Debug
- DEBUG;TRACE;SILVERLIGHT;WINDOWS_PHONE
- true
- true
- prompt
- 4
-
-
- pdbonly
- true
- Bin\Release
- TRACE;SILVERLIGHT;WINDOWS_PHONE
- true
- true
- prompt
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- {5088302B-1729-4D9E-A5B6-C781CEFA2D93}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.WP70
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index c86942b..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage/RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- AnyCPU
- 8.0.30703
- 2.0
- {F3EA0BAB-AF7E-4792-A5BB-5DBCA872E161}
- Library
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage
- v4.0
- 512
- Client
-
-
- true
- full
- false
- bin\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
- pdbonly
- true
- bin\Release\
- TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- {E31E2621-6D52-49A9-B7D4-AC75862518D8}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Platform.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Platform.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index cce5784..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Platform.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows
-{
- public class Platform : PlatformBase
- {
- private string GetDeviceId()
- {
- try
- {
- using (var regKey = Microsoft.Win32.Registry.LocalMachine.OpenSubKey(@"SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion"))
- {
- var productId = regKey.GetValue("ProductId");
- if (productId != null)
- {
- var realProductId = Convert.ToString(productId);
- var digest = new System.Security.Cryptography.SHA1Managed();
- var productIdBytes = Encoding.Default.GetBytes(realProductId);
- digest.TransformFinalBlock(productIdBytes, 0, productIdBytes.Length);
- return Util.BytesToHex(digest.Hash);
- }
- }
- }
- catch
- {
- }
- return null;
- }
-
- public override string DeviceId
- {
- get { return GetDeviceId(); }
- }
-
- public override string UserAgent
- {
- get
- {
- return null;
- }
- }
-
- public override ISecretKeyEncryption SecretKeyEncryption
- {
- get { return null; }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 176cb1a..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-
-// Allgemeine Informationen über eine Assembly werden über die folgenden
-// Attribute gesteuert. Ändern Sie diese Attributwerte, um die Informationen zu ändern,
-// die mit einer Assembly verknüpft sind.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows Project")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © RIFT™ Authenticator for Windows Project 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Durch Festlegen von ComVisible auf "false" werden die Typen in dieser Assembly unsichtbar
-// für COM-Komponenten. Wenn Sie auf einen Typ in dieser Assembly von
-// COM zugreifen müssen, legen Sie das ComVisible-Attribut für diesen Typ auf "true" fest.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// Die folgende GUID bestimmt die ID der Typbibliothek, wenn dieses Projekt für COM verfügbar gemacht wird
-[assembly: Guid("18ea64c7-a642-4166-95fd-0ea817722bc5")]
-
-// Versionsinformationen für eine Assembly bestehen aus den folgenden vier Werten:
-//
-// Hauptversion
-// Nebenversion
-// Buildnummer
-// Revision
-//
-// Sie können alle Werte angeben oder die standardmäßigen Build- und Revisionsnummern
-// übernehmen, indem Sie "*" eingeben:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.1.2.0")]
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index f2fc1c0..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- AnyCPU
- 8.0.30703
- 2.0
- {580DF75F-6D5D-409B-9F4C-64F8F9B0A9C6}
- Library
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Platform.Windows
- v4.0
- 512
- Client
-
-
- true
- full
- false
- bin\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
- pdbonly
- true
- bin\Release\
- TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- {E31E2621-6D52-49A9-B7D4-AC75862518D8}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Account.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Account.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index c813115..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Account.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry
-{
- public class Account : RiftAuthenticator.Library.AccountBase
- {
- const string ConfigVersionKey = "Version";
- const string DescriptionKey = "Description";
- const string DeviceIdKey = "DeviceId";
- const string SerialKeyKey = "SerialKey";
- const string SecretKeyKey = "SecretKey";
- const string TimeOffsetKey = "TimeOffset";
-
- internal static readonly string RiftAuthenticatorRegistryKey = "SOFTWARE\\Public Domain\\Rift Authenticator";
-
- internal static string GetAccountRegistryPathPart(int accountIndex)
- {
- return string.Format("Account {0}", accountIndex + 1);
- }
-
- internal static string GetAccountRegistryPath(int accountIndex)
- {
- return string.Format("{0}\\{1}", RiftAuthenticatorRegistryKey, GetAccountRegistryPathPart(accountIndex));
- }
-
- public override void Load(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- using (var key = Microsoft.Win32.Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey(GetAccountRegistryPath(accountIndex)))
- {
- var configVersion = Convert.ToInt32(key.GetValue(ConfigVersionKey, 0));
- Description = (string)key.GetValue(DescriptionKey, string.Format("Account {0}", accountIndex + 1));
- DeviceId = (string)key.GetValue(DeviceIdKey, string.Empty);
- SerialKey = (string)key.GetValue(SerialKeyKey, string.Empty);
- SecretKey = (string)key.GetValue(SecretKeyKey, string.Empty);
- TimeOffset = Convert.ToInt64(key.GetValue(TimeOffsetKey, 0));
- switch (configVersion)
- {
- case 0:
- break;
- case 1:
- SecretKey = TrionServer.SecretKeyEncryption.Decrypt(this, SecretKey);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- public override void Save(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- using (var key = Microsoft.Win32.Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey(GetAccountRegistryPath(accountIndex)))
- {
- key.SetValue(ConfigVersionKey, 1);
- key.SetValue(DescriptionKey, Description ?? string.Empty);
- key.SetValue(DeviceIdKey, DeviceId ?? string.Empty);
- key.SetValue(SerialKeyKey, SerialKey ?? string.Empty);
- key.SetValue(SecretKeyKey, TrionServer.SecretKeyEncryption.Encrypt(this, SecretKey ?? string.Empty));
- key.SetValue(TimeOffsetKey, TimeOffset);
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/AccountManager.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/AccountManager.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index a1cdd1a..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/AccountManager.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry
-{
- public class AccountManager : RiftAuthenticator.Library.AccountManagerBase
- {
- const string StoredAccountsKey = "StoredAccounts";
-
- public AccountManager()
- {
- }
-
- public override IAccount CreateAccount()
- {
- return new Account();
- }
-
- protected override int StoredAccounts
- {
- get
- {
- using (var key = Microsoft.Win32.Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey(Account.RiftAuthenticatorRegistryKey))
- {
- if (!new List(key.GetValueNames()).Contains(StoredAccountsKey))
- {
- if (new List(key.GetSubKeyNames()).Contains(Account.GetAccountRegistryPathPart(0)))
- key.SetValue(StoredAccountsKey, 1);
- }
- return Convert.ToInt32(key.GetValue(StoredAccountsKey, 0));
- }
- }
- set
- {
- using (var key = Microsoft.Win32.Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey(Account.RiftAuthenticatorRegistryKey))
- {
- key.SetValue(StoredAccountsKey, value);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 24fcca9..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-
-// Allgemeine Informationen über eine Assembly werden über die folgenden
-// Attribute gesteuert. Ändern Sie diese Attributwerte, um die Informationen zu ändern,
-// die mit einer Assembly verknüpft sind.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows Project")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © RIFT™ Authenticator for Windows Project 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Durch Festlegen von ComVisible auf "false" werden die Typen in dieser Assembly unsichtbar
-// für COM-Komponenten. Wenn Sie auf einen Typ in dieser Assembly von
-// COM zugreifen müssen, legen Sie das ComVisible-Attribut für diesen Typ auf "true" fest.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// Die folgende GUID bestimmt die ID der Typbibliothek, wenn dieses Projekt für COM verfügbar gemacht wird
-[assembly: Guid("3d99cdff-7ae8-4257-b9c3-6341449f24a7")]
-
-// Versionsinformationen für eine Assembly bestehen aus den folgenden vier Werten:
-//
-// Hauptversion
-// Nebenversion
-// Buildnummer
-// Revision
-//
-// Sie können alle Werte angeben oder die standardmäßigen Build- und Revisionsnummern
-// übernehmen, indem Sie "*" eingeben:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.1.2.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.1.2.0")]
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry.csproj b/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index d60582c..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry/RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Debug
- AnyCPU
- 8.0.30703
- 2.0
- {488805C2-F094-4AB2-AAF4-0A555F36095A}
- Library
- Properties
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry
- RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry
- v4.0
- 512
- Client
-
-
- true
- full
- false
- bin\Debug\
- DEBUG;TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
- pdbonly
- true
- bin\Release\
- TRACE
- prompt
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- {E31E2621-6D52-49A9-B7D4-AC75862518D8}
- RiftAuthenticator.Library
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountBase.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountBase.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c678da..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountBase.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library
-{
- ///
- /// This is the base account class where all account objects are derived from
- ///
- public abstract class AccountBase : IAccount
- {
- static readonly System.Text.Encoding Encoding = System.Text.Encoding.UTF8;
-
- ///
- /// Description for the account (any text)
- ///
- public string Description { get; set; }
- ///
- /// The device ID where the authenticator account is bound to
- ///
- public string DeviceId { get; set; }
- ///
- /// The serial key for the authenticator (created by TRION)
- ///
- public string SerialKey { get; set; }
- ///
- /// The shared secret for the authenticator
- ///
- public string SecretKey { get; set; }
- ///
- /// Time difference in milliseconds between the client and the TRION server
- ///
- public long TimeOffset { get; set; }
-
- ///
- /// Add dashes to the serial key
- ///
- public string FormattedSerialKey
- {
- get
- {
- var result = new StringBuilder();
- if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(SerialKey))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < SerialKey.Length; i += 4)
- {
- var remaining = Math.Min(SerialKey.Length - i, 4);
- if (i != 0)
- result.Append("-");
- result.Append(SerialKey.Substring(i, remaining));
- }
- }
- return result.ToString();
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Is this account empty?
- ///
- ///
- /// Returns true if the authenticator is empty (i.e. not initialized,
- /// but may have a description)
- ///
- public bool IsEmpty
- {
- get
- {
- return string.IsNullOrEmpty(DeviceId) || string.IsNullOrEmpty(SecretKey);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Load the account information from the underlying storage device
- ///
- /// The account manager that this account is assigned to
- /// The index that this account has in the list of accounts in the account manager (must be unique)
- public abstract void Load(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex);
- ///
- /// Save the account information to the underlying storage device
- ///
- /// The account manager that this account is assigned to
- /// The index that this account has in the list of accounts in the account manager (must be unique)
- public abstract void Save(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex);
-
- ///
- /// Calculates a login for RIFT
- ///
- ///
- public LoginToken CalculateToken()
- {
- var secretKey = Encoding.GetBytes(SecretKey);
- var now = DateTime.Now;
- var nowMillis = Util.TimeToMillis(now);
- long intervalNumber = (nowMillis + TimeOffset) / 30000;
- // Value must be written as big endian byte buffer
- var intervalByteBuffer = Mono.DataConverter.Pack("^l", intervalNumber);
-
- var digest = new System.Security.Cryptography.HMACSHA1(secretKey);
- var hash = digest.ComputeHash(intervalByteBuffer);
-
- var rawTokenPos = hash[hash.Length - 1] & 0xF;
-
- // Raw token value must be read as big endian 32 bit integer value
- var rawTokenValue = (long)(uint)Mono.DataConverter.Unpack("^I", hash, rawTokenPos)[0];
- var remainingMillis = ((intervalNumber + 1) * 30000 - TimeOffset) - nowMillis;
-
- var tokenValue = rawTokenValue % 100000000;
- return new LoginToken(string.Format("{0:D08}", tokenValue), remainingMillis);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountManagerBase.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountManagerBase.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ba7c63..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountManagerBase.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library
-{
- ///
- /// This is the base class for all account manager objects
- ///
- public abstract class AccountManagerBase : List, IAccountManager
- {
- ///
- /// Creates a new account object
- ///
- /// The new account object
- public abstract IAccount CreateAccount();
-
- ///
- /// Set or get the number of stored accounts
- ///
- protected abstract int StoredAccounts { get; set; }
-
- ///
- /// Load all account objects from the underlying storage device
- ///
- public virtual void LoadAccounts()
- {
- var accounts = new List();
- for (int i = 0; i != StoredAccounts; ++i)
- {
- var account = CreateAccount();
- account.Load(this, i);
- accounts.Add(account);
- }
- Clear();
- AddRange(accounts);
- }
-
- ///
- /// Save all account objects to the underlying storage device
- ///
- public virtual void SaveAccounts()
- {
- for (int i = 0; i != Count; ++i)
- {
- this[i].Save(this, i);
- }
- StoredAccounts = Count;
- }
-
-#if !WINDOWS_PHONE
- ///
- /// Create a well known account manager object for a given account manager ID
- ///
- /// Account manager ID to create an account manager object for
- /// The newly created account manager object
- public static IAccountManager LoadAccountManager(string accountManagerId)
- {
- switch (accountManagerId)
- {
- case "win32":
- case "registry":
- case "RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry":
- accountManagerId = "RiftAuthenticator.Library.Registry";
- break;
- case "fs":
- case "file-system":
- case "filesystem":
- case "RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem":
- accountManagerId = "RiftAuthenticator.Library.FileSystem";
- break;
- case "is":
- case "isolated-storage":
- case "storage":
- accountManagerId = "RiftAuthenticator.Library.IsolatedStorage";
- break;
- default:
- throw new NotSupportedException(accountManagerId);
- }
- var assemblyName = accountManagerId;
- var typeName = string.Format("{0}.AccountManager", accountManagerId);
- return (RiftAuthenticator.Library.IAccountManager)Activator.CreateInstance(assemblyName, typeName).Unwrap();
- }
-#endif
-
- ///
- /// Find an account object with a given ID
- ///
- ///
- /// A valid account ID is:
- /// - the index into the account list
- /// - the description
- /// - the device ID
- /// - the authenticator serial key
- ///
- /// The ID to search for
- /// The found account object or null
- public IAccount FindAccount(string accountId)
- {
- Library.IAccount foundAccount = null;
- for (int i = 0; i != Count; ++i)
- {
- var account = this[i];
- if (i.ToString() == accountId || account.Description == accountId || account.DeviceId == accountId || account.SerialKey == accountId)
- {
- foundAccount = account;
- break;
- }
- }
- return foundAccount;
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountProxy.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountProxy.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index e260d10..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/AccountProxy.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is part of RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is free software: you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows is distributed in the hope that it will
- * be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
- * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with RIFTâ„¢ Authenticator for Windows. If not, see
- * .
- */
-
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Text;
-
-namespace RiftAuthenticator.Library
-{
- ///
- /// Proxy object for account objects
- ///
- ///
- /// This object copies the data to and from the underlying account object only when
- /// the load and save functions are called.
- ///
- public class AccountProxy : Library.AccountBase
- {
- ///
- /// The underlying account object
- ///
- public Library.IAccount OriginalAccount { get; private set; }
-
- ///
- /// Create an account proxy object
- ///
- /// The account object where the data gets loaded/saved from
- public AccountProxy(Library.IAccount originalAccount)
- {
- OriginalAccount = originalAccount;
- CopyDataFromOriginalAccount();
- }
-
- private void CopyDataFromOriginalAccount()
- {
- this.Description = OriginalAccount.Description;
- this.DeviceId = OriginalAccount.DeviceId;
- this.SerialKey = OriginalAccount.SerialKey;
- this.SecretKey = OriginalAccount.SecretKey;
- this.TimeOffset = OriginalAccount.TimeOffset;
- }
-
- private void CopyDataToOriginalAccount()
- {
- OriginalAccount.Description = this.Description;
- OriginalAccount.DeviceId = this.DeviceId;
- OriginalAccount.SerialKey = this.SerialKey;
- OriginalAccount.SecretKey = this.SecretKey;
- OriginalAccount.TimeOffset = this.TimeOffset;
- }
-
- ///
- /// Load the account information from the underlying storage device
- ///
- /// The account manager that this account is assigned to
- /// The index that this account has in the list of accounts in the account manager (must be unique)
- public override void Load(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- //OriginalAccount.Load(accountManager, accountIndex);
- CopyDataFromOriginalAccount();
- }
-
- ///
- /// Save the account information to the underlying storage device
- ///
- /// The account manager that this account is assigned to
- /// The index that this account has in the list of accounts in the account manager (must be unique)
- public override void Save(IAccountManager accountManager, int accountIndex)
- {
- CopyDataToOriginalAccount();
- //OriginalAccount.Save(accountManager, accountIndex);
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/DataConverter.cs b/RiftAuthenticator.Library/DataConverter.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c0f05c..0000000
--- a/RiftAuthenticator.Library/DataConverter.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1101 +0,0 @@
-//
-// Authors:
-// Miguel de Icaza (miguel@novell.com)
-//
-// See the following url for documentation:
-// http://www.mono-project.com/Mono_DataConvert
-//
-// Compilation Options:
-// MONO_DATACONVERTER_PUBLIC:
-// Makes the class public instead of the default internal.
-//
-// MONO_DATACONVERTER_STATIC_METHODS:
-// Exposes the public static methods.
-//
-// TODO:
-// Support for "DoubleWordsAreSwapped" for ARM devices
-//
-// Copyright (C) 2006 Novell, Inc (http://www.novell.com)
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-// a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-// "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-// permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-// the following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-// included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-// NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-// OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-// WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-using System;
-using System.Collections;
-using System.Text;
-
-#pragma warning disable 3021
-
-namespace Mono {
-
- internal abstract class DataConverter {
-
-// Disables the warning: CLS compliance checking will not be performed on
-// `XXXX' because it is not visible from outside this assembly
-#pragma warning disable 3019
- static DataConverter SwapConv = new SwapConverter ();
- static DataConverter CopyConv = new CopyConverter ();
-
- public static readonly bool IsLittleEndian = BitConverter.IsLittleEndian;
-
- public abstract double GetDouble (byte [] data, int index);
- public abstract float GetFloat (byte [] data, int index);
- public abstract long GetInt64 (byte [] data, int index);
- public abstract int GetInt32 (byte [] data, int index);
-
- public abstract short GetInt16 (byte [] data, int index);
-
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract uint GetUInt32 (byte [] data, int index);
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract ushort GetUInt16 (byte [] data, int index);
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract ulong GetUInt64 (byte [] data, int index);
-
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, double value);
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, float value);
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, int value);
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, long value);
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, short value);
-
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, ushort value);
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, uint value);
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public abstract void PutBytes (byte [] dest, int destIdx, ulong value);
-
- public byte[] GetBytes (double value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [8];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- public byte[] GetBytes (float value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [4];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- public byte[] GetBytes (int value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [4];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- public byte[] GetBytes (long value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [8];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- public byte[] GetBytes (short value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [2];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public byte[] GetBytes (ushort value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [2];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public byte[] GetBytes (uint value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [4];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- [CLSCompliant (false)]
- public byte[] GetBytes (ulong value)
- {
- byte [] ret = new byte [8];
- PutBytes (ret, 0, value);
- return ret;
- }
-
- static public DataConverter LittleEndian {
- get {
- return BitConverter.IsLittleEndian ? CopyConv : SwapConv;
- }
- }
-
- static public DataConverter BigEndian {
- get {
- return BitConverter.IsLittleEndian ? SwapConv : CopyConv;
- }
- }
-
- static public DataConverter Native {
- get {
- return CopyConv;
- }
- }
-
- static int Align (int current, int align)
- {
- return ((current + align - 1) / align) * align;
- }
-
- class PackContext {
- // Buffer
- public byte [] buffer;
- int next;
-
- public string description;
- public int i; // position in the description
- public DataConverter conv;
- public int repeat;
-
- //
- // if align == -1, auto align to the size of the byte array
- // if align == 0, do not do alignment
- // Any other values aligns to that particular size
- //
- public int align;
-
- public void Add (byte [] group)
- {
- //Console.WriteLine ("Adding {0} bytes to {1} (next={2}", group.Length,
- // buffer == null ? "null" : buffer.Length.ToString (), next);
-
- if (buffer == null){
- buffer = group;
- next = group.Length;
- return;
- }
- if (align != 0){
- if (align == -1)
- next = Align (next, group.Length);
- else
- next = Align (next, align);
- align = 0;
- }
-
- if (next + group.Length > buffer.Length){
- byte [] nb = new byte [System.Math.Max (next, 16) * 2 + group.Length];
- Array.Copy (buffer, nb, buffer.Length);
- Array.Copy (group, 0, nb, next, group.Length);
- next = next + group.Length;
- buffer = nb;
- } else {
- Array.Copy (group, 0, buffer, next, group.Length);
- next += group.Length;
- }
- }
-
- public byte [] Get ()
- {
- if (buffer == null)
- return new byte [0];
-
- if (buffer.Length != next){
- byte [] b = new byte [next];
- Array.Copy (buffer, b, next);
- return b;
- }
- return buffer;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Format includes:
- // Control:
- // ^ Switch to big endian encoding
- // _ Switch to little endian encoding
- // % Switch to host (native) encoding
- // ! aligns the next data type to its natural boundary (for strings this is 4).
- //
- // Types:
- // s Int16
- // S UInt16
- // i Int32
- // I UInt32
- // l Int64
- // L UInt64
- // f float
- // d double
- // b byte
- // c 1-byte signed character
- // C 1-byte unsigned character
- // z8 string encoded as UTF8 with 1-byte null terminator
- // z6 string encoded as UTF16 with 2-byte null terminator
- // z7 string encoded as UTF7 with 1-byte null terminator
- // zb string encoded as BigEndianUnicode with 2-byte null terminator
- // z3 string encoded as UTF32 with 4-byte null terminator
- // z4 string encoded as UTF32 big endian with 4-byte null terminator
- // $8 string encoded as UTF8
- // $6 string encoded as UTF16
- // $7 string encoded as UTF7
- // $b string encoded as BigEndianUnicode
- // $3 string encoded as UTF32
- // $4 string encoded as UTF-32 big endian encoding
- // x null byte
- //
- // Repeats, these are prefixes:
- // N a number between 1 and 9, indicates a repeat count (process N items
- // with the following datatype
- // [N] For numbers larger than 9, use brackets, for example [20]
- // * Repeat the next data type until the arguments are exhausted
- //
- static public byte [] Pack (string description, params object [] args)
- {
- int argn = 0;
- PackContext b = new PackContext ();
- b.conv = CopyConv;
- b.description = description;
-
- for (b.i = 0; b.i < description.Length; ){
- object oarg;
-
- if (argn < args.Length)
- oarg = args [argn];
- else {
- if (b.repeat != 0)
- break;
-
- oarg = null;
- }
-
- int save = b.i;
-
- if (PackOne (b, oarg)){
- argn++;
- if (b.repeat > 0){
- if (--b.repeat > 0)
- b.i = save;
- else
- b.i++;
- } else
- b.i++;
- } else
- b.i++;
- }
- return b.Get ();
- }
-
- static public byte [] PackEnumerable (string description, IEnumerable args)
- {
- PackContext b = new PackContext ();
- b.conv = CopyConv;
- b.description = description;
-
- IEnumerator enumerator = args.GetEnumerator ();
- bool ok = enumerator.MoveNext ();
-
- for (b.i = 0; b.i < description.Length; ){
- object oarg;
-
- if (ok)
- oarg = enumerator.Current;
- else {
- if (b.repeat != 0)
- break;
- oarg = null;
- }
-
- int save = b.i;
-
- if (PackOne (b, oarg)){
- ok = enumerator.MoveNext ();
- if (b.repeat > 0){
- if (--b.repeat > 0)
- b.i = save;
- else
- b.i++;
- } else
- b.i++;
- } else
- b.i++;
- }
- return b.Get ();
- }
-
- //
- // Packs one datum `oarg' into the buffer `b', using the string format
- // in `description' at position `i'
- //
- // Returns: true if we must pick the next object from the list
- //
- static bool PackOne (PackContext b, object oarg)
- {
- int n;
-
- switch (b.description [b.i]){
- case '^':
- b.conv = BigEndian;
- return false;
- case '_':
- b.conv = LittleEndian;
- return false;
- case '%':
- b.conv = Native;
- return false;
-
- case '!':
- b.align = -1;
- return false;
-
- case 'x':
- b.Add (new byte [] { 0 });
- return false;
-
- // Type Conversions
- case 'i':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToInt32 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'I':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToUInt32 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 's':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToInt16 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'S':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToUInt16 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'l':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToInt64 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'L':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToUInt64 (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToSingle (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- b.Add (b.conv.GetBytes (Convert.ToDouble (oarg)));
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- b.Add (new byte [] { Convert.ToByte (oarg) });
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- b.Add (new byte [] { (byte) (Convert.ToSByte (oarg)) });
- break;
-
- case 'C':
- b.Add (new byte [] { Convert.ToByte (oarg) });
- break;
-
- // Repeat acount;
- case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
- case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- b.repeat = ((short) b.description [b.i]) - ((short) '0');
- return false;
-
- case '*':
- b.repeat = Int32.MaxValue;
- return false;
-
- case '[':
- int count = -1, j;
-
- for (j = b.i+1; j < b.description.Length; j++){
- if (b.description [j] == ']')
- break;
- n = ((short) b.description [j]) - ((short) '0');
- if (n >= 0 && n <= 9){
- if (count == -1)
- count = n;
- else
- count = count * 10 + n;
- }
- }
- if (count == -1)
- throw new ArgumentException ("invalid size specification");
- b.i = j;
- b.repeat = count;
- return false;
-
- case '$': case 'z':
- bool add_null = b.description [b.i] == 'z';
- b.i++;
- if (b.i >= b.description.Length)
- throw new ArgumentException ("$ description needs a type specified", "description");
- char d = b.description [b.i];
- Encoding e;
-
- switch (d){
- case '8':
- e = Encoding.UTF8;
- n = 1;
- break;
- case '6':
- e = Encoding.Unicode;
- n = 2;
- break;
- case 'b':
- e = Encoding.BigEndianUnicode;
- n = 2;
- break;
- default:
- throw new ArgumentException ("Invalid format for $ specifier", "description");
- }
- if (b.align == -1)
- b.align = 4;
- b.Add (e.GetBytes (Convert.ToString (oarg)));
- if (add_null)
- b.Add (new byte [n]);
- break;
- default:
- throw new ArgumentException (String.Format ("invalid format specified `{0}'",
- b.description [b.i]));
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- static bool Prepare (byte [] buffer, ref int idx, int size, ref bool align)
- {
- if (align){
- idx = Align (idx, size);
- align = false;
- }
- if (idx + size > buffer.Length){
- idx = buffer.Length;
- return false;
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- static public IList Unpack (string description, byte [] buffer, int startIndex)
- {
- DataConverter conv = CopyConv;
- var result = new System.Collections.Generic.List